From: Jan Schneider Date: Mon, 16 Aug 2010 14:58:26 +0000 (+0200) Subject: Update help file. X-Git-Url: https://git.internetallee.de/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=b0ca8ec1de52c898b1099460706d4730ff7e6be1;p=horde.git Update help file. --- diff --git a/imp/locale/ca_ES/help.xml b/imp/locale/ca_ES/help.xml index ce0fccc79..ef17236a6 100644 --- a/imp/locale/ca_ES/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/ca_ES/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -12,21 +13,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Redacta: Accions Accions @@ -42,14 +37,16 @@ El botó "Cancel·lar Missatge" interromp el missatge en progrés i el retorna a la safata d'entrada o la darrera carpeta que estava visualizant. - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Redacció del missatge: Identitat Identitat @@ -90,15 +87,24 @@ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as. +--> - + + Redacció del missatge: Per a Per a Introdueixi l'adreça de correu vàlida del destinatari del missatge. Per a introduir diversos destinataris, separeu les adreces mitjançant comes. L'ús de qualsevol altre signe de puntuació per separar diverses adreces de correu provocarà un error. - + + Redacció del missatge: Cc Cc @@ -108,7 +114,8 @@ Les còpies s'acostumen a enviar a destinataris que no tenen perquè ser els destinataris directes del missatge, però que precisen rebre'ls com informació, generalment per què estan indirectament interessats en l'assumpte del correu. Tots els destinataris "Per a" i "Cc" poden veure la llista completa d'ambdós tipus de destinataris. - + + Redacció del misstge: Bcc Bcc @@ -118,7 +125,8 @@ Lae còpies ocultes s'acostumen a enviar a destinataris que poden necessitar llegir el que s'hagi escrit SENSE que la resta de destinataris sàpiguen que també han rebut el missatge. Així "Ocult" significa significa que la identitat d'aquests destinataris se'ls oculta la resta de destinataris de correu. Només el remitent i els destinataris "Bcc" sabran que han rebut una còpia. - + + Redacció del missatge: Assumpte Assumpte @@ -128,14 +136,16 @@ A més a més, si "Respon" o "Reenvia" un missatge, la línia de l'assumpte es còpia en el nou missatge de forma que es converteix en una valuosa forma d'identificar quins missatges s'agrupen per formar una "seqüencia" d'una conversa per correu. Com a suggerència, si una resposta o missatge reenviat conté idees noves, pot ser convenient alterar lleugerament la línia de "Assumpte" de forma que els destinataris puguin seguir la progressió de la "seqüencia". - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Redacció del missatge: Opcions Opcions @@ -157,7 +167,8 @@ Pot ser que no desitgi enmagatzemanr tots i cadascun dels missatges de correu que envia ja que podria tenir problemes amb el ràpid esgotament de l'espai assignat en disc, sobretot a l'enviar adjunts de gran grandària. Una bústia que hagi esgotat l'espai assignat en disc no podrà rebre correu nou. - + + Redacció del missatge: Adjunts Adjunts @@ -229,8 +240,27 @@ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload. +--> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -267,70 +297,30 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Redacció del missatge: Prioritat Prioritat això estableix la capçalera "X-Priority" del missatge a enviar. L'etiqueta "X-Priority" és un tipus de "pseudo estàndard" que la majoria dels clients de correu accepten (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Qualsevol client de correu que no la gestioni simplement la ignorarà. - + + Redacció del missatge: Guardar adjunts Determina si els adjunts del missatge es guardaran amb el mateix en la carpeta de correu enviat. Si se selecciona "Si", es guardaran les dades dels adjunts. Si se selecciona "No", les dades dels adjunts s'eliminaran del missatge després d'enviar-lo als destinataris. Seleccionar "No" li ajudarà a conservar l'espai de disc a l'eliminar la informació dels adjunts (potencialment gran) dels missatges emmagatzemats. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments cannot be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Cerca de missatges - Criteri de cerca - - Pot cercer missatges en les carpetes mitjançant criteris de cerca. - - - Pas 1: Introdueixi text en els camps que desitgi afegir al criteri de cerca. - - - Paso 2: Elegeixi la(es) bandera(es) de missatges que desitgi afegir al criteri. - - - Pas 3: Elegeixi la(es) carpeta(es) en la(s) que desitgi cercar. - - - Pas 4: Premi "Cercar". - - - Si algun missatge compleix el criteri de recerca, els assumptes d'aquests missatges es mostraran en la vista de "Resultats de la recerca" - - - + + Gestió de carpetes: Opcions Opcions de carpetes @@ -344,63 +334,72 @@ Determina si els adjunts del missatge es guardaran amb el mateix en la carpeta d Aquesta opció importarà a la carpeta de la seva elecció un arxiu de format mbox. Seleccioni 1 (uneixi) carpeta a la qual importar els missatges i trii aquesta opció. Se li mostrarà una plana que li demanarà que indiqui l'arxiu mbox que desitgi importar. - + + Filtres: Aplicar Aplica regles de filtratge Premi la icona "Aplicar filtres" juntament al nom de la bústia d'ENTRADA en la vista de bústies per filtrar tots els missatges conforme a les regles específicades. - + + Filtres: Modificar les regles de filtratge Modificar les regles de filtratge Premi "Modificar les regles de filtratge" per a passar a la plana en la que pot afegir, eliminar i modificar el conjunt de regles de fitratge. - + + Filtres: Modificar la llista negra Modificar la llista negra Premit "Modificar la llista negra" per passar a la pàgina en la que pot afegir, eliminar i modificar la llista d'adreces de correu de les que SEMPRE rebutjaran els enviats . - + + Filtres: Modificar la llista blanca Modificar la llista blanca Premi "Modificar la llista blanca" per a passar a la pàgina en la que pot afegir, eliminar, i modificar la llista d'adreces de correu de las que SEMPRE acceptarà els enviats. - + + Filtres: Filtrar a l'iniciar Aplicar regles de filtratge a l'iniciar sessió? Activi aquesta opció per aplicar sempre els filtres a l'iniciar sessió a IMP. - + + Filtres: Filtrar al refrescar Aplicar regles de filtratge al visualitzar la carpeta d'ENTRADA? Activi aquesta opció per aplicar sempre els filtres que vegi la carpeta d'Entrada. - + + Filtres: Filtrar qualsevol bústia Aplicar regles de filtratge a qualsevol bústia? Activi aquesta opció si desitja aplicar les regles de filtrat a qualsevol bústia. Normalment les regles de filtrat s'apliquen només al correu nou que arriba a la carpeta d'ENTRADA. Si s'activa aquesta opció, apareixerà una icona a totes les pàgines de bústies que li permetrà aplicar les regles de filtrat als missatges de la bústia actual. OBSERVACIÓ: Filtrar altres bústies diferents a la d'ENTRADA pot produir resultats estranys (p.e. el filtre pot fer que s'enviï una còpia a la mateixa bústia dels missatges a enviar) i/o no desitjats (p.e. pot ocasionar que es traslladin o eliminin missatges si s'han afegit noves regles de filtrat després que un missatge ja s'havia enviat a la bústia actual). - + + PGP: Adjuntar clau pública Adjuntar clau pública Si se selecciona, s'adjuntarà al missatge una còpia de la clau PGP pública, si existeix. Es pot configurar el comportament per omissió mitjançant la pantalla d'opcions PGP. - + + PGP: Analitzar text del cos Analitzar text del cos @@ -408,7 +407,16 @@ Determina si els adjunts del missatge es guardaran amb el mateix en la carpeta d - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Redacció: Opcions de xifrat Sense xifrar @@ -634,8 +642,48 @@ Aquesta opció xifrarà el missatge mitjançant PGP i la clau personal pública This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information. +--> - + + PGP: Introducció Que és PGP? @@ -646,14 +694,16 @@ PGP és una eina per a comunicacions i emmagatzematge de dades segures, especial Si se selecciona aquesta opció, podrà crear/veure la seva clau PGP personal, afegir/eliminar claus públiques d'altres persones, llegir correu xifrat, comprovar correu signat digitalment i xifrar/signar el correu que enviï. - + + PGP: Opcions - Adjuntar clau pública Opcions - Adjuntar clau pública Si Si se selecciona, per omissió s'adjuntarà als missatges una còpia de la seva clau PGP pública si la té. - + + PGP: Gestionar clau públiques Introducció @@ -672,14 +722,16 @@ PGP és una eina per a comunicacions i emmagatzematge de dades segures, especial Elimina la clau pública de la llibreta d'adreces. - + + PGP: Gestionar claus públiques - Importar Importar claus públiques Aquest botó obrirà una finestra en la qual pot importar de forma manual una clau PGP pública. La clau es pot enganxar en un camp de text o, si es troba en un arxiu en l'ordinador local, pot importar-la. Si la clau és vàlida s'inserirà en la llibreta d'adreces i la finestra es tancarà; si no és vàlida es mostrarà un missatge d'error explicant la raó. - + + PGP: Gestionar claus personals Introducció @@ -695,7 +747,8 @@ La clau pública ha de posar-la a la disposició de qualsevol persona que desitg La clau privada és necessària per a desxifrar qualsevol missatge xifrat mitjançant la seva clau pública. A més la clau privada és necessària si vol signar digitalment un missatge. La clau privada es protegirà mitjançant una frase clau creada al generar les claus pel que, per a realitzar qualsevol activitat que precisi la clau privada, IMP li demanarà la frase clau. Només haurà d'introduir-la una vegada per sessió - IMP l'emmagatzemarà fins que surti de la sessió (Pel que asseguri's de sortir de la sessió!). - + + PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Clau pública Ver @@ -706,7 +759,8 @@ La clau pública ha de posar-la a la disposició de qualsevol persona que desitg Mostra diversos detalls sobre la clau PGP pública. - + + PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Clau privada Introdueixi la frase clau @@ -726,49 +780,56 @@ La clau pública ha de posar-la a la disposició de qualsevol persona que desitg Mostra diversos detalls sobre la clau PGP Privada. - + + PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Eliminar Eliminar claus personals Aquest botí eliminarà les claus personals pública/privada de les preferències de IMP. - + + PGP: Crear claus personals - Nom El seu nom És el nom que desitja que s'inclogui en les seves claus personals. És un camp necessari. - + + PGP: Crear claus personals - Comentari Comentari Un comentari que desitji que s'afegeixi en les seves claus personals. És un camp opcional. - + + PGP: Crear claus personals - Correu electrònic Correu electrònic L'adreça de correu que vol associar a les seves claus personals. És un camp necessari. - + + PGP: Crear claus personals - Mida de la clau Mida de la clau La mida, en bytes, de la clau generada. Com més gran sigui el valor, major serà la protecció (i també major serà el temps de generació i de xifrat). 1024 bytes és la opció per omissió - aquest valor oferix una protección excel·lent. - + + PGP: Crear claus personales - Frase clau Frase clau La frase clau utilitzada per a protegir/xifrar el seu clau personal privada. Hauria de tenir ALMENYS 6 caràcters, NO hauria de ser igual a la seva contrasenya d'accés, NO ha de basar-se en una paraula inclosa en el diccionari i hauria de contenir tant nombres com lletres. Haurà d'introduir la frase clau dues vegades a fi de verificar-la. És un camp necessari. - + + PGP: Crear claus personals - Accions Crear claus @@ -779,7 +840,8 @@ La frase clau utilitzada per a protegir/xifrar el seu clau personal privada. Hau Importa unes claus personals pública/privada. Aquest botó obre una finestra en la qual pot importar de forma manual les seves claus personals pública/privada existents. Les claus es poden enganxar en un camp de text o, si estan disponibles en un arxiu en l'ordinador local, pot importar-les des del mateix. Si les claus són vàlides s'inseriran en les preferències i la finestra es tancarà; si no són vàlides es mostrarà un missatge d'error indicant la raó. - + + S/MIME: Introducción ¿Qué es S/MIME? @@ -790,28 +852,32 @@ S/MIME és un sistema de claus privada/pública que proporciona signatures digit Si se selecciona aquesta opción, podrá importar les seves claus personals S/MIME, llegir correu xifrat, comprovar correu signat digitalment i xifrar/signar el correu que envíi. - + + S/MIME: Claus personals Introducció Si desitja signar digitalment o xifrar els missatges, ha de disposar de les seves pròpies claus S/MIME pública/privada. - + + S/MIME: Importar certificats personals Importar certificats personals Importa els certificats personals des d'un arxiu de format PKCS #12. A l'exportar una clau des d'un navegador (p.i. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o a l'exportar un certificat emmagatzemat pel sistema Operatiu (p.i. Windows XP) se sol generar un arxiu de tipus PKCS #12. Si les claus són vàlides, s'inserirán en les preferències i es tancará la finestra; si no són válidas es mostrará un missatge d'error explicant la raó. - + + S/MIME: Eliminar certificats personals Eliminar certificats personals Elimina els seus certificats personales de las preferències. No podrà tornar a signar missatges en S/MIME ni veure cap missatge xifrat en S/MIME que li envíi. - + + S/MIME: Gestionar claus públiques S/MIME: Gestionar claus públiques @@ -830,14 +896,16 @@ Importa els certificats personals des d'un arxiu de format PKCS #12. A l'exporta Elimina de l'emmagatzematge la clau pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clau pública d'un usuari li impedirá enviar-li missatges xifrats a dita usuària. - + + Impressió Imprimir un missatge Per a imprimir un missatge que està visualitzant, premi qualsevol dels vincles "Imprimir" de la part superior o inferior del missatge. El missatge s'obrirà en una nova finestra amb un format preparat per a la impressió. Depenent del navegador i sistema operatiu que està utilitzant, pot obrir-se el quadre de diàleg d'impressió. Si no s'obre, desplegui el menú "Arxiu" del navegador i seleccioni "Imprimir" per a obrir el quadre d'impressió. - + + Ordenació i seqüències Ordenació d'entrades @@ -848,99 +916,115 @@ Al visualitzar un llistat de missatges, pot ordenar-lo per qualsevol de les colu Per a agrupar els missatges per seqüències (assumptes), de manera que cada missatge s'agrupi amb totes les seves respostes, premi el vincle %[Seqüència] de la capçalera de la columna assumpte. Per a tornar a la ordenació normal per assumptes, premi el vincle %[Assumpte] de la capçalera de la columna assumpte. - + + Mensajes Multipart/Alternative Els remitents envien en ocasions missatges de tipus "multipart/alternative". Aquests missatges tenen diverses parts, totes mostrant EL MATEIX CONTINGUT però en FORMATS DIFERENTS. L'agent de correu mostrarà la darrera part de la llista que pugui visualitzar-se correctament en línea en el navegador, si hi ha. La resta dels formats aparèixerán sota el epígrafe "Parts alternatives d'aquesta secció" i es podran visualitzar o descarregar de forma separada. És important tenir en compte que totes les parts alternatives tenen EL MATEIX CONTINGUT que la part mostrada - simplement están en formats diferents (p.e. text enfront d'HTML). - + + referències: Manteniment: Renombrar la carpeta sent-mail mensualment Activi aquesta opció si vol renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al començament de cada mes. La carpeta es renombrarà (amb un nom que contingui el mes i l'any) i es crearà una nova carpeta sent-mail. - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar carpetes sent-mail mensualment Activi aquesta opció si vol eliminar les carpetes sent-mail antigues al començament de cada mes. Pot ser d'utilitat, per exemple, si té un límit d'espai de disc assignat. - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar carpetes sent-mail mensualment - # carpetes conservades Si está esborrant mensualment les carpetes sent-mail antigues, quants mesos de correu antic vol conservar? Qualsevol carpeta más antiga que aquest número de mesos s'eliminarà. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar adjunts vinculats mensualment Activi aquesta opció si desitja eliminar adjunts vinculats antics al començament de cada mes. Pot ser d'utilitat, per exemple, si té un límit d'espai de disc assignat. - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar adjunts vinculats mensualment - # mesos conservats Si està eliminant mensualment els adjunts vinculats antics, quants mesos d'adjunts antics desitja conservar? Qualsevol adjunt más antic que aquest número de mesos s'eliminarà. - + + Preferències: Mantenimient: Buidar paperera Desitja buidar la paperera sovint - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Interval de buidatge de la paperera Si està buidant la paperera, amb quina freqüència fer-ho? - + + Preferències: Manteniment: Conservació de buidatge de la paperera Si está buidant la paperera, antiguitat mínima dels missatges a eliminar? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferències: Redacció del missatge: Text d'assignació Aquí es pot introduir la frase que vol que aparegui abans de qualsevol text citat en la resposta que envíi. @@ -963,31 +1047,42 @@ Al visualitzar un llistat de missatges, pot ordenar-lo per qualsevol de les colu %% : El caràcter '%' - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferències: Sol·licitar justificants de recepció "Sol·licitar justificants de recepció" envia als destinataris del missatge la petició que li informin quan obrin el missatge. No tots els clients suporten / tenen en compte això. - + + Preferències: Enviar NCM "Enviar NCM si ho sol·licita el remitent" envia una Notificació de Consulta del Missatge (també coneguda com una confirmació de lectura) quan llegeixi un missatge en el qual l'usuari ha sol·licitat rebre una notificació que ho ha llegit. En la majoria dels casos això es realitzarà de forma automàtica sense preguntar-li. En alguns casos aïllats pot haver de decidir enviar la notificació prement un vincle. - - + + + Preferències: Sol·licitar confirmació del enviament "Sol·licitar confirmació de l'enviament" envia una sol·licitud al servidor del destinatari que li informi quan hagi distribuït el missatge a la bústia de destinació. No significa que el missatge hagi estat llegit, simplement que ha arribat a una bústia en alguna part. No tots els servidors de correu suporten això. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -1002,26 +1097,43 @@ Al visualitzar un llistat de missatges, pot ordenar-lo per qualsevol de les colu Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferències: Substitució de imatges HTML En el cas de missatges HTML mostrats en línia, caldria bloquejar totes les etiquetes d'imatges fins que decideixi explícitament veure-les? Tingui en compte que si està visualitzant un adjunt HTML les imatges es veuran sempre. - + + Preferències: Sustitució de imatges HTML/Mostrar si a Llibreta d'adreces Si s'estan bloquejant les imatges dels missatges HTML en línia, caldria mostrar-les automàticament si el remitent apareix en la llibreta d'adreces? - + + Preferències: Pàgina d'inici de la bústia Decideix quina pàgina del llistat de la bústia es mostrarà quan accedeixi a la bústia per primera vegada. Tingui en compte que les opcions de missatges "sense llegir" no funcionen amb l'opció d'ordenació per "Seqüència" - en aquest cas se li enviarà a l'última pàgina. - + + Preferències: Guardar adjunts de missatges enviats Si s'està guardant un missatge en una carpeta sent-mail, decideix si es guarden tots les dades d'adjunts. Es disposa de les opcions següents: @@ -1036,16 +1148,19 @@ Al visualitzar un llistat de missatges, pot ordenar-lo per qualsevol de les colu * "Mai guardar adjunts" - MAI consultar l'emmagatzematge dels adjunts en la finestra de redacció; els adjunts no es guardaran MAI amb el missatge. - + + Carpetes Virtuals: Entrada virtual L'Entrada virtual és una búsqueda emmagatzemada que evita la necessitat de buscar manualment en cada bústia els missatges marcats com nous. En el seu lloc, es busquen automàticament els nous missatges en totes les bústies subscrites actualment i els resultats es mostren en una única bústia. - + + Carpetes Virtuals: Paperera virtual La Paperera virtual és una búsqueda emmagatzemada que evita la necessitat de disposar d'una carpeta Paperera independent. En lloc de traslladar els missatges a una carpeta paperera centralitzada, simplement es marquen com esborrats en la carpeta en la qual es trobin. Si 'Mostrar els missatges eliminats' está desactivat, això es traduïx que aquests missatges no apareixen en la vista de la bústia. Quan un usuari prem la Paperera virtual, es busquen els missatges marcats com esborrats en *totes* les bústies i es mostren en una única bústia. + diff --git a/imp/locale/cs_CZ/help.xml b/imp/locale/cs_CZ/help.xml index 77df41bf1..d892f2e30 100644 --- a/imp/locale/cs_CZ/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/cs_CZ/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Úkony Úkony @@ -52,14 +47,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Od "Od" @@ -73,7 +70,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Komu "Komu" @@ -87,7 +85,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Kopie "Kopie" @@ -101,7 +100,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Skrytá Kopie "Skrytá Kopie" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Předmět "Předmět" @@ -129,14 +130,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Možnosti "Možnosti" @@ -168,7 +171,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Přílohy "Přílohy" @@ -190,7 +194,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -227,7 +232,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Vytvoření Zprávy: Priorita "Priorita" @@ -241,55 +247,22 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. --> - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Vyhledávání Zprávy - Vyhledávací Kritéria - - Vyhledávání zpráv ve VaÅ¡ich schránkách lze provést několika různýmy způsoby vyhledávání. - - Krok 1: Vložte text do políček, které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií. - - Krok 2: Vyberte typ(y) zprávy, které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií. - - Krok 3: Vyberte schránku(y) které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií. - - Krok 4: Klikněte "Vyhledat". - - - Pokud nějaká ze zpráv odpovídá vyhladávacím kritériím, pak předmět této zprávy bude zobrazen ve "Výsledcích Vyhledávání". - - - + + Správa Schránek Možnosti scránky @@ -317,7 +290,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filtry: Použití Používání Filtrovacích Pravidel @@ -331,49 +305,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Přiložit Veřejný Klíč Přiložit Veřejný Klíč @@ -387,7 +368,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. --> - + + PGP: Vyhledávání v Textu Zprávy Vyhledávání v Textu Zprávy @@ -401,7 +383,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. --> - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -433,7 +424,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Přehled Co je PGP? @@ -455,7 +447,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. --> - + + PGP: Možnosti - Přiložit Veřejný Klíč Možnosti - Přiložit Veřejný Klíč @@ -469,7 +462,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. --> - + + PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů Přehled @@ -507,7 +501,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. --> - + + PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů - Import Import Veřejných Klíčů @@ -521,7 +516,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. --> - + + PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů Přehled @@ -551,7 +547,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). --> - + + PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Veřejný Klíč Zobrazení @@ -573,7 +570,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. --> - + + PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Osobní Klíč Vložit heslo @@ -611,7 +609,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. --> - + + PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Vymazání Vymazat Osobní Klíče @@ -625,7 +624,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Jméno Jméno @@ -639,7 +639,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Poznámka Poznámka @@ -653,7 +654,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Emailová Adresa Emailová Adresa @@ -667,7 +669,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Délka Klíče Délka Klíče @@ -681,7 +684,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Heslo Název @@ -695,7 +699,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. --> - + + PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Akce Vytvoření Klíčů @@ -717,7 +722,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. --> - + + S/MIME: Přehled Co je S/MIME? @@ -739,7 +745,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. --> - + + S/MIME: Osobní Klíče Přehled @@ -753,21 +760,24 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. --> - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -786,7 +796,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Tisk Tisknout Zprávu @@ -800,7 +811,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. --> - + + Třídění a Souvislosti Typy Třídění @@ -822,97 +834,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. --> - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -934,31 +962,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -973,25 +1006,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -1002,16 +1052,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/da_DK/help.xml b/imp/locale/da_DK/help.xml index c90b25701..1b318965a 100644 --- a/imp/locale/da_DK/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/da_DK/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Ny meddelelse: Handlinger Handlinger @@ -52,14 +47,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Ny meddelelse: Fra "Fra" @@ -76,7 +73,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Ny meddelelse: Til "Til" @@ -90,7 +88,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Ny meddelelse: Kopi til (Cc:) "Kopi til (Cc:)" @@ -104,7 +103,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Ny meddelelse: Skjult kopi til (Bcc:) "Skjult kopi" @@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Ny meddelelse: Emne "Emne" @@ -132,14 +133,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Ny meddelelse: Indstillinger "Indstillinger" @@ -177,7 +180,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Ny meddelelse: Vedhæftelsesliste "Vedhæftelsesliste" @@ -199,7 +203,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -236,51 +241,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Søgning - Søgekriterier - - Ingen hjælpetekst til rÃ¥dighed. - - - + + Foldernavigator HÃ¥ndtering af foldere @@ -304,7 +288,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filterregler: Udfør Udfør filterregler @@ -318,63 +303,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -406,7 +408,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -417,14 +420,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -443,14 +448,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -465,7 +472,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -476,7 +484,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -495,49 +504,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -548,7 +564,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -559,28 +576,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -599,14 +620,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -617,97 +640,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -729,31 +768,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -768,25 +812,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -797,16 +858,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/de_DE/help.xml b/imp/locale/de_DE/help.xml index 5f842d8f2..79932404b 100644 --- a/imp/locale/de_DE/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/de_DE/help.xml @@ -37,6 +37,13 @@ + + Neue Nachricht: Aktionen Aktionen @@ -536,7 +543,7 @@ - + PGP: Öffentliche Schlüssel Beim Beantworten Überprüfen Öffentliche Schlüssel Beim Beantworten Überprüfen @@ -1157,7 +1164,7 @@ - + Einstellungen: Lesebestätigung schicken Mit "Lesebestätigung schicken" wird eine Message Disposition @@ -1182,7 +1189,7 @@ - + Einstellungen: Löschen von Spam Sie können eine von drei Aktionen auswählen, die ausgeführt werden @@ -1202,7 +1209,7 @@ - + Einstellungen: Behandlung von Kein Spam Sie können eine von zwei Aktionen auswählen, die ausgeführt werden diff --git a/imp/locale/el_GR/help.xml b/imp/locale/el_GR/help.xml index 2233660cc..fbf8dbace 100644 --- a/imp/locale/el_GR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/el_GR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Ενέργειες Ενέργειες @@ -49,14 +44,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Αποστολέας "Αποστολέας" @@ -70,7 +67,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Παραλήπτης "Παραλήπτης" @@ -84,7 +82,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Κοινοποίηση Κοινοποίηση @@ -98,7 +97,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Κρυφή Κοινοποίηση Κρυφή Κοινοποίηση @@ -112,7 +112,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Θέμα "θέμα" @@ -126,14 +127,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Επιλογές Επιλογές @@ -162,7 +165,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Συνημμένα Συνημμένα @@ -181,7 +185,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -218,63 +223,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Αναζήτηση Μηνυμάτων - Κριτήρια Επιλογής - - Για να βρείτε ένα μήνυμα θα πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε κάποιο από τα πεδία "Από", "Προς", "Θέμα" ή "Κείμενο Μηνύματος" με το χαρακτηριστικό που έχει το μήνυμα που ψάχνετε. - - - Κατόπιν επιλέγετε αν θα πρέπει να ισχύουν τα κριτήρια ΚΑΙ στα τέσσερα πεδία (επιλογή: "Όλα τα πεδία") ή αν θα ισχύουν τα κριτήρια οπουδήποτε πεδίου από τα τέσσερα (επιλογή "Οποιοδήποτε Πεδίο"). - - - Μετά πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατηγορία των μηνυμάτων που θέλετε να ψάξετε. Αν είναι νέα μηνύματα ή αν θέλετε να βρείτε κάποιο από τα μηνύματα που έχετε απαντήσει. - - - Τέλος μπορείτε να επιλέξετε και σε ποιους καταλόγους θέλετε να γίνει η αναζήτηση μαρκάροντας το πεδίο πριν από τον κάθε κατάλογο. - - - Τώρα θα πατήσετε το πλήκτρο "Αναζήτηση" για να ξεκινήσει η αναζήτηση των μηνυμάτων. Μόλις ολοκληρωθεί θα εμφανιστεί μία σελίδα στην οποία θα υπάρχουν τα μηνύματα που ταιριάζουν στα κριτήρια επιλογής σας. - - - + + Διαχείριση Φακέλων Επιλογή Φακέλου @@ -295,7 +267,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Φίλτρα: Εφαρμογή Εφαρμογή Όλων των Κανόνων @@ -309,63 +282,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -397,7 +387,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -408,14 +399,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -434,14 +427,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -456,7 +451,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -467,7 +463,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -486,49 +483,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -539,7 +543,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -550,28 +555,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -590,14 +599,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -608,97 +619,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -720,31 +747,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -759,25 +791,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -788,16 +837,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/es_ES/help.xml b/imp/locale/es_ES/help.xml index 2e273642e..553be1b1d 100644 --- a/imp/locale/es_ES/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/es_ES/help.xml @@ -1,171 +1,175 @@ - + - - Teclado: Navegación + + + Teclado: Navegación - Puede usar el teclado para desplazarse entre mensajes del listado del buzón; al mensaje anterior o al siguiente mientras lee un mensaje; y entre páginas del listado del buzón. + Puede usar el teclado para desplazarse entre mensajes del listado del buzón; al mensaje anterior o al siguiente mientras lee un mensaje; y entre páginas del listado del buzón. - Navegación de teclado de listado de mensajes + Navegación de teclado de listado de mensajes - Puede utilizar el teclado para seleccionar y ver mensajes en el listado de mensajes. Para desplazarse entre los mensajes, utilice las teclas de flecha Arriba y Abajo mientras mantiene presionada la tecla Control (Ctrl). Si pulsa la la tecla de flecha Arriba empezará en la parte inferior de la página (último mensaje mostrado) y si pulsa Abajo empezará en la parte superior de la página (primer mensaje mostrado). + Puede utilizar el teclado para seleccionar y ver mensajes en el listado de mensajes. Para desplazarse entre los mensajes, utilice las teclas de flecha Arriba y Abajo mientras mantiene presionada la tecla Control (Ctrl). Si pulsa la la tecla de flecha Arriba empezará en la parte inferior de la página (último mensaje mostrado) y si pulsa Abajo empezará en la parte superior de la página (primer mensaje mostrado). - El mensaje actual se realza exactamente como si hubiera desplazado el ratón sobre él. Mientras se desplaza arriba y abajo a lo largo del listado del buzón, puede pulsar la tecla espaciadora para seleccionar o anular la selección de un mensaje, y puede pulsar la tecla Retorno para ver el mensaje actual. + El mensaje actual se realza exactamente como si hubiera desplazado el ratón sobre él. Mientras se desplaza arriba y abajo a lo largo del listado del buzón, puede pulsar la tecla espaciadora para seleccionar o anular la selección de un mensaje, y puede pulsar la tecla Retorno para ver el mensaje actual. - Listado de mensajes: Página anterior/siguiente + Listado de mensajes: Página anterior/siguiente - Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a las páginas de mensajes anterior o siguiente de su buzón, respectivamente. + Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a las páginas de mensajes anterior o siguiente de su buzón, respectivamente. Vista de mensajes: Mensaje anterior/siguiente Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a los mensajes anterior o siguiente, respectivamente. - - Reenvío de correo - Al reenviar un correo, se dispone de varias opciones. - - Reenvío desde el listado del buzón - En el listado del buzón, puede reenviar varios mensajes a la vez. Cada uno de los mensajes que seleccione se enviará, en toda su integridad, a sus destinatarios. Verá en la ventana de redacción cada mensaje como un adjunto. A su recepción el/los destinatario(s) verá(n) cada mensaje como un correo incluido dentro del mensaje. - - Reenvío desde la vista de mensajes - Al reenviar mensajes individuales en la vista de mensajes, puede optar por una de tres opciones distintas: - 1. Mensaje completo: Esta opción adjuntará el mensaje completo en el nuevo mensaje. El área de redacción no contendrá ningún texto del mensaje reenviado. Es igual que reenviar un único mensaje desde el listado del buzón excepto en que la línea Asunto: se rellenará de forma automática. - 2. Sólo el texto del cuerpo: Si sólo desea enviar el cuerpo del mensaje, seleccione esta opción. En el reenvío no se incluirá ningún adjunto del mensaje original. El texto aparecerá en el área de redacción y podrá modificarlo si lo desea o añadir sus propios comentarios. - 3. Texto del cuerpo con adjuntos: Utilice esta opción para reenviar los adjuntos de un mensaje junto el texto del cuerpo como se describió en #2 Sólo el texto del cuerpo. El cuerpo del texto se incluirá en el área de redacción para que puede modificarlo y todos los adjuntos del mensaje original se copiarán al reenvío. - - - - Redacción del mensaje: Acciones + + + + + Redacción del mensaje: Acciones Acciones - "Enviar mensaje" manda el mensaje al/los destinatario(s) previsto(s). Asegúrese de que desea enviarlo ya que esta acción es irreversible. + "Enviar mensaje" manda el mensaje al/los destinatario(s) previsto(s). Asegúrese de que desea enviarlo ya que esta acción es irreversible. - "Guardar borrador" coloca un mensaje inacabado en una carpeta llamada "Borradores" accesible mediante el menú desplegable de carpetas de la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla. Puede terminar el mensaje con posterioridad cambiando a la carpeta "Borradores", pulsando el mensaje guardado para abrirlo y haciendo click en "Reanudar". Asegúrese de añadir un asunto al mensaje antes de guardarlo como borrador de forma que pueda identificarlo fácilmente dentro de la carpeta de Borradores. + "Guardar borrador" coloca un mensaje inacabado en una carpeta llamada "Borradores" accesible mediante el menú desplegable de carpetas de la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla. Puede terminar el mensaje con posterioridad cambiando a la carpeta "Borradores", pulsando el mensaje guardado para abrirlo y haciendo click en "Reanudar". Asegúrese de añadir un asunto al mensaje antes de guardarlo como borrador de forma que pueda identificarlo fácilmente dentro de la carpeta de Borradores. - Dependiendo de la instalación, puede cambiar en las preferencias si, tras guardar un mensaje como borrador, volverá a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando o si seguirá en el mismo mensaje. + Dependiendo de la instalación, puede cambiar en las preferencias si, tras guardar un mensaje como borrador, volverá a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando o si seguirá en el mismo mensaje. - "Cancelar mensaje" interrumpe la redacción del mensaje y le devuelve a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando + "Cancelar mensaje" interrumpe la redacción del mensaje y le devuelve a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando - - Redacción del mensaje: Identidad + + + Redacción del mensaje: Identidad Identidad - Elija la identidad mediante la que envía el correo de una lista desplegable de las identidades introducidas en Opciones->Información personal. + Elija la identidad mediante la que envía el correo de una lista desplegable de las identidades introducidas en Opciones->Información personal. - - Redacción del mensaje: Remitente + + + Redacción del mensaje: Remitente Remitente - Introduzca la dirección de correo desde la que quiere enviar este mensaje. + Introduzca la dirección de correo desde la que quiere enviar este mensaje. - - Redacción del mensaje: Para + + + Redacción del mensaje: Para Para - Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. + Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. - - Redacción del mensaje: Cc + + + Redacción del mensaje: Cc Cc - Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. + Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. - Las copias se suelen enviar a destinatarios que no tienen por qué ser los destinatarios directos del mensaje, pero que precisen recibirlo como información, generalmente por que estén indirectamente interesados en el asunto del correo. Todos los destinatarios "Para:" y "Cc:" pueden ver la lista completa de ambos tipos de destinatarios. + Las copias se suelen enviar a destinatarios que no tienen por qué ser los destinatarios directos del mensaje, pero que precisen recibirlo como información, generalmente por que estén indirectamente interesados en el asunto del correo. Todos los destinatarios "Para:" y "Cc:" pueden ver la lista completa de ambos tipos de destinatarios. - - Redacción del mensaje: Bcc + + + Redacción del mensaje: Bcc Bcc - Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional oculto del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. + Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional oculto del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error. - Las copias ocultas se suelen enviar a destinatarios que puedan necesitar leer lo que se haya escrito SIN que el resto de los destinatarios sepan que también han recibido el mensaje. Así "oculta" significa que la identidad de estos destinatarios se les oculta al resto de los destinatarios del correo. Sólo el remitente y los destinatarios "Bcc" sabrán que han recibido una copia. + Las copias ocultas se suelen enviar a destinatarios que puedan necesitar leer lo que se haya escrito SIN que el resto de los destinatarios sepan que también han recibido el mensaje. Así "oculta" significa que la identidad de estos destinatarios se les oculta al resto de los destinatarios del correo. Sólo el remitente y los destinatarios "Bcc" sabrán que han recibido una copia. - - Redacción del mensaje: Asunto + + + Redacción del mensaje: Asunto Asunto - Introduzca el asunto del mensaje. Es conveniente que sea corto, simple y descriptivo. La línea de asunto es la manera más sencilla de recordar el contenido de un mensaje por lo que es muy importante en la organización del correo y en la posterior localización de los mensajes importantes. + Introduzca el asunto del mensaje. Es conveniente que sea corto, simple y descriptivo. La línea de asunto es la manera más sencilla de recordar el contenido de un mensaje por lo que es muy importante en la organización del correo y en la posterior localización de los mensajes importantes. - Además, si "Responde" o "Reenvía" un mensaje, la línea de asunto se copia en el nuevo mensaje de forma que se convierte en una valiosa manera de identificar qué mensajes se agrupan para formar una "secuencia" de una conversación por correo. Como sugerencia, si una respuesta o mensaje reenviado contiene ideas nuevas, puede ser conveniente alterar ligeramente la línea de "Asunto" de forma que los destinatarios puedan seguir la progresión de la "secuencia". + Además, si "Responde" o "Reenvía" un mensaje, la línea de asunto se copia en el nuevo mensaje de forma que se convierte en una valiosa manera de identificar qué mensajes se agrupan para formar una "secuencia" de una conversación por correo. Como sugerencia, si una respuesta o mensaje reenviado contiene ideas nuevas, puede ser conveniente alterar ligeramente la línea de "Asunto" de forma que los destinatarios puedan seguir la progresión de la "secuencia". - - Redacción del mensaje: Codificación - Codificación (Conjunto de caracteres) + + + Redacción del mensaje: Codificación + Codificación (Conjunto de caracteres) - Selecciona el conjunto de caracteres con el que se enviará el mensaje. + Selecciona el conjunto de caracteres con el que se enviará el mensaje. - - Redacción del mensaje: Opciones + + + Redacción del mensaje: Opciones Opciones Estas opciones le ayudan a preparar el mensaje. - Pulse "Corrección ortográfica" para comprobar la ortografía. + Pulse "Corrección ortográfica" para comprobar la ortografía. - Pulse "Adjuntos" para ir a la parte inferior de la página donde puede adjuntar archivos al mensaje. + Pulse "Adjuntos" para ir a la parte inferior de la página donde puede adjuntar archivos al mensaje. - Si el administrador ha habilitado la conservación del correo enviado, podrá activar la casilla junto a "Guardar una copia" para conservar una copia del mensaje que va a enviar. La carpeta de destino será la carpeta por omisión o aquella que haya seleccionado para este propósito en "Opciones->Información personal->Identidades". Si el administrador ha habilitado la selección de destino del correo enviado, podrá elegir una carpeta de una lista desplegable junto a esta opción. + Si el administrador ha habilitado la conservación del correo enviado, podrá activar la casilla junto a "Guardar una copia" para conservar una copia del mensaje que va a enviar. La carpeta de destino será la carpeta por omisión o aquella que haya seleccionado para este propósito en "Opciones->Información personal->Identidades". Si el administrador ha habilitado la selección de destino del correo enviado, podrá elegir una carpeta de una lista desplegable junto a esta opción. - Almacenar copias de los correos importantes que envíe puede resultar útil para mantenerse al tanto de lo que se ha dicho. Puede, no obstante, "activar" esta opción por omisión para su identidad en "Opciones->Información personal->Modificar identidad". En las opciones también se pueden establecer tareas de mantenimiento que vacíen o renombren estas carpetas de forma periódica. + Almacenar copias de los correos importantes que envíe puede resultar útil para mantenerse al tanto de lo que se ha dicho. Puede, no obstante, "activar" esta opción por omisión para su identidad en "Opciones->Información personal->Modificar identidad". En las opciones también se pueden establecer tareas de mantenimiento que vacíen o renombren estas carpetas de forma periódica. - Puede que no desee almacenar todos y cada uno de los correos que envíe puesto que podría tener problemas con el rápido agotamiento del espacio asignado en disco, sobre todo al enviar adjuntos de gran tamaño. Un buzón que haya agotado el espacio asignado en disco no podrá recibir correo nuevo. + Puede que no desee almacenar todos y cada uno de los correos que envíe puesto que podría tener problemas con el rápido agotamiento del espacio asignado en disco, sobre todo al enviar adjuntos de gran tamaño. Un buzón que haya agotado el espacio asignado en disco no podrá recibir correo nuevo. - - Redacción del mensaje: Adjuntos + + + Redacción del mensaje: Adjuntos Adjuntos - Esta sección muestra un listado de archivos ya adjuntados al mensaje. + Esta sección muestra un listado de archivos ya adjuntados al mensaje. Eliminar archivo(s) adjunto(s) Para borrar archivo(s) adjunto(s): - Paso 1: Active la(s) casilla(s) "¿Eliminar?" del/los archivo(s) adjunto(s) que desea eliminar. + Paso 1: Active la(s) casilla(s) "¿Eliminar?" del/los archivo(s) adjunto(s) que desea eliminar. - Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. + Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. - Cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos + Cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos - Para cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos: + Para cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos: - Paso 1: Cambie la disposición de cada adjunto al valor deseado: "En línea" o "Adjunto". + Paso 1: Cambie la disposición de cada adjunto al valor deseado: "En línea" o "Adjunto". - Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. + Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. - Cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos + Cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos - Para cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos (el texto que verá el destinatario describiendo el adjunto): + Para cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos (el texto que verá el destinatario describiendo el adjunto): - Paso 1: Introduzca una descripción en el campo de Descripción. + Paso 1: Introduzca una descripción en el campo de Descripción. - Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. + Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje. - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -241,73 +264,33 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - - Redacción del mensaje: Prioridad + + + Redacción del mensaje: Prioridad Prioridad - Ésto establece la cabecera "X-Priority" del mensaje a enviar. La etiqueta "X-Priority" es un tipo de "pseudo estándar" que la mayoría de los clientes de correo aceptan (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Cualquier cliente de correo que no la gestione simplemente la ignorará. + Ésto establece la cabecera "X-Priority" del mensaje a enviar. La etiqueta "X-Priority" es un tipo de "pseudo estándar" que la mayoría de los clientes de correo aceptan (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Cualquier cliente de correo que no la gestione simplemente la ignorará. - - Redacción del mensaje: Guardar adjuntos + + + Redacción del mensaje: Guardar adjuntos - Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se guardarán con el mismo en la carpeta de correo enviado. Si se selecciona "Sí", se guardarán los datos de los adjuntos. Si se selecciona "No", los datos de los adjuntos se eliminarán del mensaje tras enviarlo a los destinatarios. Seleccionar "No" le ayudará a conservar el espacio de disco al eliminar la información de los adjuntos (potencialmente grande) de los mensajes almacenados. + Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se guardarán con el mismo en la carpeta de correo enviado. Si se selecciona "Sí", se guardarán los datos de los adjuntos. Si se selecciona "No", los datos de los adjuntos se eliminarán del mensaje tras enviarlo a los destinatarios. Seleccionar "No" le ayudará a conservar el espacio de disco al eliminar la información de los adjuntos (potencialmente grande) de los mensajes almacenados. - - Redacción del mensaje: Vincular adjuntos + + + Redacción del mensaje: Vincular adjuntos - Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se enviarán como una parte del mensaje de correo o si dichos adjuntos se dejarán en el servidor local. Si los adjuntos se vinculan, se le proporcionará al/los destinatario(s) del mensaje un vínculo web mediante el que podrá(n) descargar el/los adjunto(s). Vincular adjuntos tiene la ventaja de reducir enormemente el tamaño de los mensajes enviados. Por el contrario tiene la desventaja de que no se puede garantizar que el contenido de los adjuntos esté disponible en el futuro ya que los datos adjuntos no están incluidos dentro del mensaje de correo. + Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se enviarán como una parte del mensaje de correo o si dichos adjuntos se dejarán en el servidor local. Si los adjuntos se vinculan, se le proporcionará al/los destinatario(s) del mensaje un vínculo web mediante el que podrá(n) descargar el/los adjunto(s). Vincular adjuntos tiene la ventaja de reducir enormemente el tamaño de los mensajes enviados. Por el contrario tiene la desventaja de que no se puede garantizar que el contenido de los adjuntos esté disponible en el futuro ya que los datos adjuntos no están incluidos dentro del mensaje de correo. - - Búsqueda de mensajes - Criterio de búsqueda - - Puede buscar mensajes en las carpetas mediante distintos criterios de búsqueda. - - - Paso 1: Introduzca texto en los campos que desee añadir al criterio de búsqueda. - - - Paso 2: Elija la(s) bandera(s) de mensajes que desee añadir al criterio. - - - Paso 3: Elija la(s) carpeta(s) en la(s) que desee buscar. - - - Paso 4: Pulse "Enviar". - - - Si algún mensaje cumple el criterio de búsqueda, los asuntos de esos mensajes se mostrarán en la vista de "Resultados de la búsqueda". - - - + + Carpetas: Acciones - Puede seleccionar carpetas mediante las casillas de selección de la izquierda. Una vez lo haya hecho, elija la opción que desee realizar en las carpetas mediante la lista desplegable de la izquierda. + Puede seleccionar carpetas mediante las casillas de selección de la izquierda. Una vez lo haya hecho, elija la opción que desee realizar en las carpetas mediante la lista desplegable de la izquierda. Crear @@ -315,11 +298,11 @@ Renombrar - Cambia el nombre de una carpeta. Para renombrar una carpeta selecciónela en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Renombrar'. Al renombrar todas las subcarpetas se renombrarán de forma automática. + Cambia el nombre de una carpeta. Para renombrar una carpeta selecciónela en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Renombrar'. Al renombrar todas las subcarpetas se renombrarán de forma automática. Eliminar - Elimina una carpeta y todos los mensajes que contenga. Para eliminar, seleccione las carpetas a eliminar en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Eliminar'. Al eliminar carpetas con subcarpetas éstas no se eliminarán automáticamente. Para eliminarlas, tendrá que seleccionar todas las subcarpetas de forma manual mediante la columna izquierda. + Elimina una carpeta y todos los mensajes que contenga. Para eliminar, seleccione las carpetas a eliminar en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Eliminar'. Al eliminar carpetas con subcarpetas éstas no se eliminarán automáticamente. Para eliminarlas, tendrá que seleccionar todas las subcarpetas de forma manual mediante la columna izquierda. Vaciar @@ -327,41 +310,41 @@ Purgar - Para eliminar todos los mensajes de una carpeta marcados como eliminados, sin eliminar la carpeta, seleccione las carpetas en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Purgar'. Esta opción sólo aparece si no se usa una Papelera. + Para eliminar todos los mensajes de una carpeta marcados como eliminados, sin eliminar la carpeta, seleccione las carpetas en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Purgar'. Esta opción sólo aparece si no se usa una Papelera. - Suscribir/Anular suscripción + Suscribir/Anular suscripción - Marca una carpeta como suscrita o anula su suscripción. Cuando se ha suscrito a una carpeta, ésta aparecerá en todas las listas desplegables de carpetas. Estas opciones sólo aparecen si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP. + Marca una carpeta como suscrita o anula su suscripción. Cuando se ha suscrito a una carpeta, ésta aparecerá en todas las listas desplegables de carpetas. Estas opciones sólo aparecen si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP. - Para suscribirse, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Suscribir'. Para anular las suscripciones, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Anular suscripción'. + Para suscribirse, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Suscribir'. Para anular las suscripciones, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Anular suscripción'. Comprobar correo nuevo/No comprobar correo nuevo - Marca una carpeta para comprobar si contiene correo nuevo cuando se está en el navegador de carpetas y en el panel lateral (si está activo). + Marca una carpeta para comprobar si contiene correo nuevo cuando se está en el navegador de carpetas y en el panel lateral (si está activo). Para definir esta bandera, seleccione las carpetas a comprobar en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Comprobar correo nuevo'. Para anular esta bandera, seleccione las carpetas que no quiere comprobar en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'No comprobar correo nuevo'. - Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos/Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer + Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos/Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer - Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos'. Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como sin leer, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer'. + Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos'. Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como sin leer, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer'. Descargar - Para descargar todos los mensajes de una carpeta en un único archivo (en formato mbox), seleccione la carpeta en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Descargar'. Para descargar el archivo en formato comprimido de tipo ZIP, seleccione en su lugar 'Descargar [formato .zip]'. + Para descargar todos los mensajes de una carpeta en un único archivo (en formato mbox), seleccione la carpeta en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Descargar'. Para descargar el archivo en formato comprimido de tipo ZIP, seleccione en su lugar 'Descargar [formato .zip]'. Importar mensajes - Esta opción importará archivos de formato mbox o .eml a la carpeta de su elección. Elija una carpeta a la que importar los mensajes mediante la columna de la izquierda y seleccione esta opción. Se le dirigirá a una página en la que se le pedirá el archivo mbox o .eml a importar. + Esta opción importará archivos de formato mbox o .eml a la carpeta de su elección. Elija una carpeta a la que importar los mensajes mediante la columna de la izquierda y seleccione esta opción. Se le dirigirá a una página en la que se le pedirá el archivo mbox o .eml a importar. - Actualizar árbol de carpetas + Actualizar árbol de carpetas - Actualiza la representación gráfica del árbol de carpetas volviendo a consultar al servidor de correo. Normalmente no debería necesitar ésto a menos que esté accediendo al servidor de correo simultáneamente con otro cliente de correo y haya hecho cambios en la estructura de las carpetas mediante éste. + Actualiza la representación gráfica del árbol de carpetas volviendo a consultar al servidor de correo. Normalmente no debería necesitar ésto a menos que esté accediendo al servidor de correo simultáneamente con otro cliente de correo y haya hecho cambios en la estructura de las carpetas mediante éste. Mostrar/Ocultar no suscritas - Si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP, muestra/oculta las carpetas no suscritas. Para suscribirse/anular la suscripción a una carpeta, seleccione la casilla junto al nombre de la carpeta y utilice las acciones Suscribir/Anular suscripción del menú desplegable de acciones de carpetas. + Si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP, muestra/oculta las carpetas no suscritas. Para suscribirse/anular la suscripción a una carpeta, seleccione la casilla junto al nombre de la carpeta y utilice las acciones Suscribir/Anular suscripción del menú desplegable de acciones de carpetas. Expandir todas @@ -372,506 +355,607 @@ Collapsa todas las entradas de carpetas. - + + Filtros: Aplicar Aplicar reglas de filtrado - Pulse el icono "Aplicar filtros" junto al nombre del buzón de ENTRADA en la vista de buzones para filtrar todos los mensajes conforme a las reglas especificadas. + Pulse el icono "Aplicar filtros" junto al nombre del buzón de ENTRADA en la vista de buzones para filtrar todos los mensajes conforme a las reglas especificadas. - + + Filtros: Modificar sus reglas de filtrado Modificar sus reglas de filtrado - Pulse "Modificar sus reglas de filtrado" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar el conjunto activo de reglas de filtrado. + Pulse "Modificar sus reglas de filtrado" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar el conjunto activo de reglas de filtrado. - + + Filtros: Modificar su lista negra Modificar su lista negra - Pulse "Modificar su lista negra" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a rechazar los envíos. + Pulse "Modificar su lista negra" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a rechazar los envíos. - + + Filtros: Modificar su lista blanca Modificar su lista blanca - Pulse "Modificar su lista blanca" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a aceptar envíos. + Pulse "Modificar su lista blanca" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a aceptar envíos. - + + Filtros: Filtrar al iniciar - ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado al iniciar sesión? + ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado al iniciar sesión? - Active esta opción para aplicar siempre los filtros al iniciar sesión en IMP. + Active esta opción para aplicar siempre los filtros al iniciar sesión en IMP. - + + Filtros: Filtrar al actualizar - ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado siempre que se muestre la carpeta de ENTRADA? + ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado siempre que se muestre la carpeta de ENTRADA? - Active esta opción para aplicar los filtros siempre que vea la carpeta de Entrada. + Active esta opción para aplicar los filtros siempre que vea la carpeta de Entrada. - - Filtros: Filtrar cualquier buzón - ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón? + + + Filtros: Filtrar cualquier buzón + ¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón? - Active esta opción si desea aplicar las reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón. Normalmente las reglas de filtrado se aplican sólo al correo nuevo que llega a la carpeta de ENTRADA. Si se activa esta opción, aparecerá un icono en todas las páginas de buzones que le permitirá aplicar las reglas de filtrado a los mensajes del buzón actual. OBSERVACIÓN: Filtrar otros buzones distintos del de ENTRADA puede producir resultados extraños (p.e. el filtro puede hacer que se envíe al mismo buzón una copia de los mensajes a enviar) y/o no deseados (p.e. puede ocasionar que se trasladen o eliminen mensajes si se han añadido nuevas reglas de filtrado después de que un mensaje ya se había enviado al buzón actual). + Active esta opción si desea aplicar las reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón. Normalmente las reglas de filtrado se aplican sólo al correo nuevo que llega a la carpeta de ENTRADA. Si se activa esta opción, aparecerá un icono en todas las páginas de buzones que le permitirá aplicar las reglas de filtrado a los mensajes del buzón actual. OBSERVACIÓN: Filtrar otros buzones distintos del de ENTRADA puede producir resultados extraños (p.e. el filtro puede hacer que se envíe al mismo buzón una copia de los mensajes a enviar) y/o no deseados (p.e. puede ocasionar que se trasladen o eliminen mensajes si se han añadido nuevas reglas de filtrado después de que un mensaje ya se había enviado al buzón actual). - - PGP: Adjuntar clave pública - Adjuntar clave pública + + + PGP: Adjuntar clave pública + Adjuntar clave pública - Si se selecciona, se adjuntará al mensaje una copia de la clave PGP pública, si existe. Se puede configurar el comportamiento por omisión mediante la pantalla de opciones PGP. + Si se selecciona, se adjuntará al mensaje una copia de la clave PGP pública, si existe. Se puede configurar el comportamiento por omisión mediante la pantalla de opciones PGP. - + + PGP: Analizar texto del cuerpo - ¿Buscar datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto/plano? + ¿Buscar datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto/plano? - Si se selecciona, IMP buscará datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto y mostrará los resultados si los encuentra. Observe que ésto puede ralentizar el sistema ya que cada mensaje tiene que comprobarse en su totalidad. + Si se selecciona, IMP buscará datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto y mostrará los resultados si los encuentra. Observe que ésto puede ralentizar el sistema ya que cada mensaje tiene que comprobarse en su totalidad. - - Redacción: Opciones de cifrado + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + + Redacción: Opciones de cifrado Sin cifrar - Envía el mensaje sin cifrado (texto plano). + Envía el mensaje sin cifrado (texto plano). Cifrar mensaje con PGP - Esta opción cifrará el mensaje mediante PGP y la clave personal pública del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER de la clave pública del destinatario almacenada en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone de la clave pública del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada la clave pública. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. + Esta opción cifrará el mensaje mediante PGP y la clave personal pública del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER de la clave pública del destinatario almacenada en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone de la clave pública del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada la clave pública. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. Mensaje con firma PGP - Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante PGP y su clave personal privada. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su clave personal privada durante la sesión actual, se le pedirá. El destinatario tiene que tener una copia de su clave pública para verificar digitalmente la firma. + Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante PGP y su clave personal privada. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su clave personal privada durante la sesión actual, se le pedirá. El destinatario tiene que tener una copia de su clave pública para verificar digitalmente la firma. Mensaje firmado/cifrado con PGP - Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información. + Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información. Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP - Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante PGP y una frase clave y lo enviará. Se le pedirá la frase clave que se utilizará para el cifrado. Comunique la frase clave al destinatario a travé de un canal seguro, p.e. personalmente, por teléfono, etc. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. + Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante PGP y una frase clave y lo enviará. Se le pedirá la frase clave que se utilizará para el cifrado. Comunique la frase clave al destinatario a travé de un canal seguro, p.e. personalmente, por teléfono, etc. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. Mensaje firmado/cifrado con frase clave PGP - Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado con una frase clave. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información. + Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado con una frase clave. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información. Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME - Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y el certificado del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER del certificado del destinatario almacenado en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone del certificado del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada el certificado. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. + Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y el certificado del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER del certificado del destinatario almacenado en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone del certificado del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada el certificado. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida. Mensaje con firma S/MIME - Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y su certificado. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su certificado durante la sesión, se le pedirá. + Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y su certificado. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su certificado durante la sesión, se le pedirá. Mensaje firmado/cifrado en S/MIME - Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME" y "Mensaje con firma S/MIME" para más información. + Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME" y "Mensaje con firma S/MIME" para más información. - - PGP: Introducción - ¿Qué es PGP? + + + PGP: Introducción + ¿Qué es PGP? - PGP es una herramienta para comunicaciones y almacenamiento de datos seguros, especialmente para su uso con el correo electrónico. Se puede utilizar para cifrar datos y para crear firmas digitales. IMP utiliza GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard/Guardián de Privacidad GNU) para proporcionar esta funcionalidad. + PGP es una herramienta para comunicaciones y almacenamiento de datos seguros, especialmente para su uso con el correo electrónico. Se puede utilizar para cifrar datos y para crear firmas digitales. IMP utiliza GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard/Guardián de Privacidad GNU) para proporcionar esta funcionalidad. - ¿Activar capacidad PGP? + ¿Activar capacidad PGP? - Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá crear/ver sus claves PGP personales, añadir/eliminar claves públicas de otras personas, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe. + Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá crear/ver sus claves PGP personales, añadir/eliminar claves públicas de otras personas, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe. - - PGP: Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública - Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública + + + PGP: Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública + Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública - Si se selecciona, por omisión se adjuntará a los mensajes una copia de su clave PGP pública si la tiene. + Si se selecciona, por omisión se adjuntará a los mensajes una copia de su clave PGP pública si la tiene. - - PGP: Gestionar claves públicas - Introducción + + + PGP: Gestionar claves públicas + Introducción - Esta pantalla enumera todos los usuarios actuales de su libreta de direcciones que tienen claves PGP públicas. Esos usuarios son los ÚNICOS a los que puede 1) enviar un mensaje cifrado -O- 2) comprobar la firma digital. + Esta pantalla enumera todos los usuarios actuales de su libreta de direcciones que tienen claves PGP públicas. Esos usuarios son los ÚNICOS a los que puede 1) enviar un mensaje cifrado -O- 2) comprobar la firma digital. Ver - Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública. + Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública. Detalles - Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública. + Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública. Eliminar - Elimina la clave pública de la libreta de direcciones. + Elimina la clave pública de la libreta de direcciones. - - PGP: Gestionar claves públicas - Importar + + + PGP: Gestionar claves públicas - Importar Importar claves - Este botón abrirá una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual una clave PGP pública. La clave se puede pegar en un campo de texto o, si se encuentra en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarla. Si la clave es válida se insertará en la libreta de direcciones y la ventana se cerrará; si no es válida se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón. + Este botón abrirá una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual una clave PGP pública. La clave se puede pegar en un campo de texto o, si se encuentra en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarla. Si la clave es válida se insertará en la libreta de direcciones y la ventana se cerrará; si no es válida se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón. - + + PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Introducción + Introducción - Si desea firmar digitalmente mensajes o permitir que otros le envíen mensajes cifrados, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves PGP pública/privada. + Si desea firmar digitalmente mensajes o permitir que otros le envíen mensajes cifrados, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves PGP pública/privada. - La clave pública + La clave pública - La clave pública tiene que ponerla a disposición de cualquier persona que desee que pueda enviarle mensajes cifrados que sólo USTED podrá descifrar (mediante su clave privada). Además, la clave pública tiene que estar disponible para todo aquel al que quiera enviar un mensaje firmado digitalmente - la clave pública hace falta para comprobar la firma digital. + La clave pública tiene que ponerla a disposición de cualquier persona que desee que pueda enviarle mensajes cifrados que sólo USTED podrá descifrar (mediante su clave privada). Además, la clave pública tiene que estar disponible para todo aquel al que quiera enviar un mensaje firmado digitalmente - la clave pública hace falta para comprobar la firma digital. La clave privada - La clave privada hace falta para descifrar cualquier mensaje cifrado mediante su clave pública. Además la clave privada hace falta si quiere firmar digitalmente un mensaje. La clave privada se protegerá mediante una frase clave creada al generar las claves por lo que, para realizar cualquier actividad que precise la clave privada, IMP le pedirá la frase clave. Sólo tendrá que introducirla una vez por sesión - IMP la almacenará hasta que salga de la sesión (Por lo que ¡asegúrese de salir de la sesión!). + La clave privada hace falta para descifrar cualquier mensaje cifrado mediante su clave pública. Además la clave privada hace falta si quiere firmar digitalmente un mensaje. La clave privada se protegerá mediante una frase clave creada al generar las claves por lo que, para realizar cualquier actividad que precise la clave privada, IMP le pedirá la frase clave. Sólo tendrá que introducirla una vez por sesión - IMP la almacenará hasta que salga de la sesión (Por lo que ¡asegúrese de salir de la sesión!). - - PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave pública + + + PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave pública Ver - Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública. + Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública. Detalles - Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública. + Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública. - + + PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave privada Introduzca la frase clave - Abre el cuadro de diálogo de frase clave. Si la frase clave introducida es correcta se almacenará hasta que se termine la sesión. + Abre el cuadro de diálogo de frase clave. Si la frase clave introducida es correcta se almacenará hasta que se termine la sesión. Olvidar frase clave - Elimina la frase clave almacenada - cualquier uso adicional de la clave privada precisará la reintroducción de la frase clave. + Elimina la frase clave almacenada - cualquier uso adicional de la clave privada precisará la reintroducción de la frase clave. Ver - Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP privada. NO ENVÍE ESTA CLAVE A NADIE - esta opción es estrictamente sólo para exportar su clave personal privada de IMP para usarla en otro programa. + Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP privada. NO ENVÍE ESTA CLAVE A NADIE - esta opción es estrictamente sólo para exportar su clave personal privada de IMP para usarla en otro programa. Detalles Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP privada. - + + PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Eliminar Eliminar claves personales - Este botón eliminará las claves personales pública/privada de las preferencias de IMP. + Este botón eliminará las claves personales pública/privada de las preferencias de IMP. - + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Nombre Su nombre Es el nombre que desea que se incluya en sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario. - + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Comentario Comentario Un comentario que desee que se incluya en sus claves personales. Es un campo opcional. - - PGP: Crear claves personales - Correo electrónico - Correo electrónico + + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Correo electrónico + Correo electrónico - La dirección de correo que quiere asociar con sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario. + La dirección de correo que quiere asociar con sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario. - - PGP: Crear claves personales - Tamaño de clave - Tamaño de clave + + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Tamaño de clave + Tamaño de clave - El tamaño, en bits, de la clave generada. Cuanto mayor sea el valor, mayor será la protección (y también mayor será el tiempo de generación y de cifrado). 1024 bits es la opción por omisión - este valor ofrece una protección excelente. + El tamaño, en bits, de la clave generada. Cuanto mayor sea el valor, mayor será la protección (y también mayor será el tiempo de generación y de cifrado). 1024 bits es la opción por omisión - este valor ofrece una protección excelente. - + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Frase clave Frase clave - La frase clave utilizada para proteger/cifrar su clave personal privada. Debería tener AL MENOS 6 caracteres, NO debería ser igual a su contraseña de acceso, NO debe basarse en una palabra incluida en un diccionario y debería contener tanto números como letras. Tendrá que introducir la frase clave dos veces con objeto de verificarla. Es un campo necesario. + La frase clave utilizada para proteger/cifrar su clave personal privada. Debería tener AL MENOS 6 caracteres, NO debería ser igual a su contraseña de acceso, NO debe basarse en una palabra incluida en un diccionario y debería contener tanto números como letras. Tendrá que introducir la frase clave dos veces con objeto de verificarla. Es un campo necesario. - + + PGP: Crear claves personales - Acciones Crear claves - Crea y almacena sus claves personales pública/privada. + Crea y almacena sus claves personales pública/privada. Importar claves - Importa un par de claves personales pública/privada. Este botón abre una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual sus claves personales pública/privada existentes. Las claves se pueden pegar en un campo de texto o, si están disponibles en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarlas desde el mismo. Si las claves son válidas se insertarán en las preferencias y la ventana se cerrará; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error indicando la razón. + Importa un par de claves personales pública/privada. Este botón abre una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual sus claves personales pública/privada existentes. Las claves se pueden pegar en un campo de texto o, si están disponibles en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarlas desde el mismo. Si las claves son válidas se insertarán en las preferencias y la ventana se cerrará; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error indicando la razón. - - S/MIME: Introducción - ¿Qué es S/MIME? + + + S/MIME: Introducción + ¿Qué es S/MIME? - S/MIME es un sistema de claves privada/pública que proporciona firmas digitales, privacidad de mensajes y detección de falsificación de una forma abierta e interoperable. S/MIME puede proporcionar privacidad a los mensajes cifrándolos de forma que sólo el remitente y los destinatarios previstos puedan descifrarlos. Le permite identificar al remitente de un mensaje mediante una firma digital. En conjunto, esta ayuda de cifrado y firma digital proporciona detección de falsificación, permitiendo a los destinatarios determinar si un mensaje se ha modificado después de haber sido enviado. + S/MIME es un sistema de claves privada/pública que proporciona firmas digitales, privacidad de mensajes y detección de falsificación de una forma abierta e interoperable. S/MIME puede proporcionar privacidad a los mensajes cifrándolos de forma que sólo el remitente y los destinatarios previstos puedan descifrarlos. Le permite identificar al remitente de un mensaje mediante una firma digital. En conjunto, esta ayuda de cifrado y firma digital proporciona detección de falsificación, permitiendo a los destinatarios determinar si un mensaje se ha modificado después de haber sido enviado. - ¿Activar capacidad S/MIME? + ¿Activar capacidad S/MIME? - Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá importar sus claves personales S/MIME, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe. + Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá importar sus claves personales S/MIME, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe. - + + S/MIME: Claves personales - Introducción + Introducción - Si desea firmar digitalmente o cifrar los mensajes, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves S/MIME pública/privada. + Si desea firmar digitalmente o cifrar los mensajes, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves S/MIME pública/privada. - + + S/MIME: Importar certificados personales Importar claves - Importa los certificados personales desde un archivo de formato PKCS #12. Al exportar una clave desde un navegador (p.e. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o al exportar un certificado almacenado por el Sistema Operativo (p.e. Windows XP) se suele generar un archivo de tipo PKCS #12. Si las claves son válidas, se insertarán en las preferencias y se cerrará la ventana; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón. + Importa los certificados personales desde un archivo de formato PKCS #12. Al exportar una clave desde un navegador (p.e. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o al exportar un certificado almacenado por el Sistema Operativo (p.e. Windows XP) se suele generar un archivo de tipo PKCS #12. Si las claves son válidas, se insertarán en las preferencias y se cerrará la ventana; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón. - + + S/MIME: Eliminar certificados personales Eliminar certificados personales - Elimina sus certificados personales de las preferencias. No podrá volver a firmar mensajes en S/MIME ni ver ningún mensaje cifrado en S/MIME que se le envíe. + Elimina sus certificados personales de las preferencias. No podrá volver a firmar mensajes en S/MIME ni ver ningún mensaje cifrado en S/MIME que se le envíe. - - S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas - S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas + + + S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas + S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas - Gestiona su listado de claves S/MIME públicas. + Gestiona su listado de claves S/MIME públicas. Ver - Ver el texto en bruto de una clave pública. + Ver el texto en bruto de una clave pública. Detalles - Ver datos técnicos de una clave pública. + Ver datos técnicos de una clave pública. Eliminar - Elimina del almacenamiento la clave pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clave pública de un usuario le impedirá enviarle mensajes cifrados a dicho usuario. + Elimina del almacenamiento la clave pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clave pública de un usuario le impedirá enviarle mensajes cifrados a dicho usuario. - - Impresión + + + Impresión Imprimir un mensaje - Para imprimir un mensaje que esté visualizando, pulse cualquiera de los vínculos "Imprimir" de la parte superior o inferior del mensaje. El mensaje se abrirá en una nueva ventana con un formato preparado para la impresión. Dependiendo del navegador y sistema operativo que esté utilizando, puede abrirse el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. Si no se abre, despliegue el menú "Archivo" del navegador y seleccione "Imprimir" para abrir el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. + Para imprimir un mensaje que esté visualizando, pulse cualquiera de los vínculos "Imprimir" de la parte superior o inferior del mensaje. El mensaje se abrirá en una nueva ventana con un formato preparado para la impresión. Dependiendo del navegador y sistema operativo que esté utilizando, puede abrirse el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. Si no se abre, despliegue el menú "Archivo" del navegador y seleccione "Imprimir" para abrir el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. - - Ordenación y secuenciación - Ordenación de entradas + + + Ordenación y secuenciación + Ordenación de entradas - Al visualizar un listado de mensajes, puede ordenarlo por cualquiera de las columnas pulsando sobre la cabecera de la columna correspondiente. Para conmutar el sentido de la clasificación de las columnas entre ascendente y descendente, pulse el icono de flecha de la cabecera de la columna. + Al visualizar un listado de mensajes, puede ordenarlo por cualquiera de las columnas pulsando sobre la cabecera de la columna correspondiente. Para conmutar el sentido de la clasificación de las columnas entre ascendente y descendente, pulse el icono de flecha de la cabecera de la columna. - Secuenciación + Secuenciación - Para agrupar los mensajes por conversaciones (asuntos), de forma que cada mensaje se agrupe con todas sus respuestas, pulse el vínculo [Conversación] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. Para volver a la ordenación normal por asuntos, pulse el vínculo [Asunto] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. + Para agrupar los mensajes por conversaciones (asuntos), de forma que cada mensaje se agrupe con todas sus respuestas, pulse el vínculo [Conversación] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. Para volver a la ordenación normal por asuntos, pulse el vínculo [Asunto] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. - + + Mensajes Multipart/Alternative - Los remitentes envían en ocasiones mensajes de tipo "multipart/alternative". Estos mensajes tienen varias partes, todas mostrando EL MISMO CONTENIDO pero en FORMATOS DISTINTOS. El agente de correo mostrará la última parte de la lista que pueda visualizarse correctamente en línea en el navegador, si la hay. El resto de los formatos aparecerán bajo el epígrafe "Partes alternativas de esta sección" y se podrán visualizar o descargar de forma separada. Es importante tener en cuenta que todas las partes alternativas tienen EL MISMO CONTENIDO que la parte mostrada - simplemente están en formatos distintos (p.e. texto frente a HTML). + Los remitentes envían en ocasiones mensajes de tipo "multipart/alternative". Estos mensajes tienen varias partes, todas mostrando EL MISMO CONTENIDO pero en FORMATOS DISTINTOS. El agente de correo mostrará la última parte de la lista que pueda visualizarse correctamente en línea en el navegador, si la hay. El resto de los formatos aparecerán bajo el epígrafe "Partes alternativas de esta sección" y se podrán visualizar o descargar de forma separada. Es importante tener en cuenta que todas las partes alternativas tienen EL MISMO CONTENIDO que la parte mostrada - simplemente están en formatos distintos (p.e. texto frente a HTML). - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Renombrar la carpeta sent-mail mensualmente - Active esta opción si quiere renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al comienzo de cada mes. La carpeta se renombrará (con un nombre que contenga el mes y el año) y se creará una nueva carpeta sent-mail. + Active esta opción si quiere renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al comienzo de cada mes. La carpeta se renombrará (con un nombre que contenga el mes y el año) y se creará una nueva carpeta sent-mail. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar carpetas sent-mail mensualmente - Active esta opción si quiere eliminar las carpetas sent-mail antiguas al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado. + Active esta opción si quiere eliminar las carpetas sent-mail antiguas al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar carpetas sent-mail mensualmente - # carpetas conservadas - Si está borrando mensualmente las carpetas sent-mail antiguas, ¿cuántos meses de correo antiguo quiere conservar? Cualquier carpeta más antigua que este número de meses se eliminará. + Si está borrando mensualmente las carpetas sent-mail antiguas, ¿cuántos meses de correo antiguo quiere conservar? Cualquier carpeta más antigua que este número de meses se eliminará. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar sent-mail Indique si quiere eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado - Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuán a menudo deberían vaciarse? + Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuán a menudo deberían vaciarse? - - Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes enviados a eliminar + + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes enviados a eliminar - Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuál debería ser la antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? + Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuál debería ser la antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar adjuntos vinculados mensualmente - Active esta opción si desea eliminar adjuntos vinculados antiguos al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado. + Active esta opción si desea eliminar adjuntos vinculados antiguos al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar adjuntos vinculados mensualmente - # meses conservados - Si está eliminando mensualmente los adjuntos vinculados antiguos, ¿cuántos meses de adjuntos antiguos desea conservar? Cualquier adjunto más antiguo que este número de meses se eliminará. + Si está eliminando mensualmente los adjuntos vinculados antiguos, ¿cuántos meses de adjuntos antiguos desea conservar? Cualquier adjunto más antiguo que este número de meses se eliminará. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar papelera Desea vaciar la papelera a menudo. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado de la papelera - Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo? + Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo? - - Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes borrados a eliminar + + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes borrados a eliminar - Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? + Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar Spam Desea vaciar la carpeta de spam a menudo. - + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado de Spam - Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo? + Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo? - - Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad del Spam a eliminar + + + Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad del Spam a eliminar - Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? + Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar? - - Preferencias: Redacción del mensaje: Texto de cita + + + Preferencias: Redacción del mensaje: Texto de cita - Aquí se puede introducir la frase que quiere que aparezca antes de cualquier texto citado en la respuesta que envíe. + Aquí se puede introducir la frase que quiere que aparezca antes de cualquier texto citado en la respuesta que envíe. - Puede incluir uno o más comodines para insertar información sobre el mensaje al que está respondiendo. Los comodines se componen de un '%' seguido de una única letra. Se dispone de los siguientes: + Puede incluir uno o más comodines para insertar información sobre el mensaje al que está respondiendo. Los comodines se componen de un '%' seguido de una única letra. Se dispone de los siguientes: - %f : Nombre y dirección de correo del remitente - %a : Dirección de correo del remitente + %f : Nombre y dirección de correo del remitente + %a : Dirección de correo del remitente %p : Nombre del remitente %r : Fecha y zona horaria en estilo RFC 2822 completo %d : Fecha como www, dd mmm AAAA - %x : Fecha en formato local por omisión - %c : Fecha y hora en formato local por omisión + %x : Fecha en formato local por omisión + %c : Fecha y hora en formato local por omisión %m : ID del mensaje %s : Asunto del mensaje - %n : Una nueva línea - %% : El carácter '%' + %n : Una nueva línea + %% : El carácter '%' - - Preferencias: Juego de caracteres por omisión del mensaje + + + Preferencias: Juego de caracteres por omisión del mensaje - Define el juego de caracteres por omisión utilizado para las partes de texto del mensaje que no contengan información explícita del juego de caracteres. Según la RFC 2045 los mensajes sin dicho parámetro se mostrarán mediante el juego de caracteres 'US-ASCII'. Sin embargo algunos agentes de correo ciertamente defectuosos pueden enviar mensajes de texto en juegos de caracteres distintos sin definir los parámetros apropiados en la cabecera del mensaje. Defina este parámetro con la cadena de juego de caracteres por omisión que se usará de forma local. Seleccione "Por omisión" para usar los valores MIME por omisión. + Define el juego de caracteres por omisión utilizado para las partes de texto del mensaje que no contengan información explícita del juego de caracteres. Según la RFC 2045 los mensajes sin dicho parámetro se mostrarán mediante el juego de caracteres 'US-ASCII'. Sin embargo algunos agentes de correo ciertamente defectuosos pueden enviar mensajes de texto en juegos de caracteres distintos sin definir los parámetros apropiados en la cabecera del mensaje. Defina este parámetro con la cadena de juego de caracteres por omisión que se usará de forma local. Seleccione "Por omisión" para usar los valores MIME por omisión. - + + Preferencias: Solicitar acuses de recibo - "Solicitar acuses de recibo" envía a los destinatarios del mensaje la petición de que le informen cuando abran el mensaje. No todos los clientes soportan / tienen en cuenta ésto. + "Solicitar acuses de recibo" envía a los destinatarios del mensaje la petición de que le informen cuando abran el mensaje. No todos los clientes soportan / tienen en cuenta ésto. - + + Preferencias: Enviar NCM - "Enviar NCM si lo solicita el remitente" envía una Notificación de Consulta del Mensaje (también conocida como una confirmación de lectura) cuando lea un mensaje en el que el usuario ha solicitado recibir una notificación de que lo ha leído. En la mayoría de los casos ésto se realizará de forma automática sin preguntarle. En algunos casos aislados puede tener que decidir enviar la notificación pulsando un vínculo. + "Enviar NCM si lo solicita el remitente" envía una Notificación de Consulta del Mensaje (también conocida como una confirmación de lectura) cuando lea un mensaje en el que el usuario ha solicitado recibir una notificación de que lo ha leído. En la mayoría de los casos ésto se realizará de forma automática sin preguntarle. En algunos casos aislados puede tener que decidir enviar la notificación pulsando un vínculo. - - - Preferencias: Solicitar confirmación del envío + + + + Preferencias: Solicitar confirmación del envío - "Solicitar confirmación del envío" envía una solicitud al servidor del destinatario de que le informe cuando haya distribuido el mensaje al buzón de destino. No significa que el mensaje haya sido leído, simplemente que ha llegado a un buzón en alguna parte. No todos los servidores de correo soportan ésto. + "Solicitar confirmación del envío" envía una solicitud al servidor del destinatario de que le informe cuando haya distribuido el mensaje al buzón de destino. No significa que el mensaje haya sido leído, simplemente que ha llegado a un buzón en alguna parte. No todos los servidores de correo soportan ésto. - + + Preferencias: Eliminar Spam tras comunicarlo Puede optar por hacer un de estas tres cosas tras comunicar un mensaje como spam o como inofensivo. - En primer lugar, puede decidir no hacer nada - el mensaje se comunicará como spam o como inofensivo pero se mantendrá sin cambios en su buzón. + En primer lugar, puede decidir no hacer nada - el mensaje se comunicará como spam o como inofensivo pero se mantendrá sin cambios en su buzón. - En segundo lugar, si se comunica un mensaje como spam, puede optar por eliminarlo inmediatamente. Esta opción carece de efectos al comunicar un mensaje como inofensivo. + En segundo lugar, si se comunica un mensaje como spam, puede optar por eliminarlo inmediatamente. Esta opción carece de efectos al comunicar un mensaje como inofensivo. - En tercer lugar, tras comunicar un mensaje como spam, el mensaje se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará a la carpeta de spam. De forma alternativa, si se comunica un mensaje como inofensivo, se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará al buzón de entrada. + En tercer lugar, tras comunicar un mensaje como spam, el mensaje se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará a la carpeta de spam. De forma alternativa, si se comunica un mensaje como inofensivo, se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará al buzón de entrada. + + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + - - Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML + + + Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML - En el caso de mensajes HTML mostrados en línea, ¿habría que bloquear todas las etiquetas de imágenes hasta que decida explícitamente verlas? Tenga en cuenta que si está visualizando un adjunto HTML las imágenes se verán siempre. + En el caso de mensajes HTML mostrados en línea, ¿habría que bloquear todas las etiquetas de imágenes hasta que decida explícitamente verlas? Tenga en cuenta que si está visualizando un adjunto HTML las imágenes se verán siempre. - - Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML/Mostrar si en Direcciones + + + Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML/Mostrar si en Direcciones - Si se están bloqueando las imágenes de los mensajes HTML en línea, ¿habría que mostrarlas automáticamente si el remitente aparece en la libreta de direcciones? + Si se están bloqueando las imágenes de los mensajes HTML en línea, ¿habría que mostrarlas automáticamente si el remitente aparece en la libreta de direcciones? - - Preferencias: Página de inicio del buzón + + + Preferencias: Página de inicio del buzón - Decide qué página del listado del buzón se mostrará cuando acceda a un buzón por primera vez. + Decide qué página del listado del buzón se mostrará cuando acceda a un buzón por primera vez. - + + Preferencias: Guardar adjuntos de mensajes enviados - Si se está guardando un mensaje en una carpeta sent-mail, decide si se guardan todos los datos de adjuntos. Se dispone de las opciones siguientes: + Si se está guardando un mensaje en una carpeta sent-mail, decide si se guardan todos los datos de adjuntos. Se dispone de las opciones siguientes: - * "Guardar siempre los adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos se guardarán SIEMPRE con el mensaje. - * "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; SÍ por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión se guardarán los adjuntos. - * "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; NO por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión los adjuntos no se guardarán. - * "Nunca guardar adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos no se guardarán NUNCA con el mensaje. + * "Guardar siempre los adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos se guardarán SIEMPRE con el mensaje. + * "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; SÍ por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión se guardarán los adjuntos. + * "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; NO por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión los adjuntos no se guardarán. + * "Nunca guardar adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos no se guardarán NUNCA con el mensaje. - - Carpetas: Buzón de entrada Virtual + + + Carpetas: Buzón de entrada Virtual - El buzón de entrada Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de buscar en cada buzón los mensajes marcados como nuevos. En su lugar se buscan mensajes nuevos en todos los buzones suscritos y los resultados se muestran en un único buzón. + El buzón de entrada Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de buscar en cada buzón los mensajes marcados como nuevos. En su lugar se buscan mensajes nuevos en todos los buzones suscritos y los resultados se muestran en un único buzón. - + + Carpetas: Papelera Virtual - La Papelera Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de una Papelera separada. En vez de trasladar los mensajes a una carpeta papelera centralizada, simplemente se marcan como eliminados en el buzón en el que estén. Si se desactiva 'mostrar mensajes eliminados', esos mensajes no aparecerán en el listado de un buzón. Cuando un usuario pulse la Papelera Virtual, se buscan mensajes marcados como eliminados en *todos* los buzones y se muestran en un único buzón. + La Papelera Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de una Papelera separada. En vez de trasladar los mensajes a una carpeta papelera centralizada, simplemente se marcan como eliminados en el buzón en el que estén. Si se desactiva 'mostrar mensajes eliminados', esos mensajes no aparecerán en el listado de un buzón. Cuando un usuario pulse la Papelera Virtual, se buscan mensajes marcados como eliminados en *todos* los buzones y se muestran en un único buzón. + diff --git a/imp/locale/et_EE/help.xml b/imp/locale/et_EE/help.xml index 4f84e25ec..026d24199 100644 --- a/imp/locale/et_EE/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/et_EE/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/eu_ES/help.xml b/imp/locale/eu_ES/help.xml index 35e38570a..7ba2358eb 100644 --- a/imp/locale/eu_ES/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/eu_ES/help.xml @@ -1,21 +1,16 @@ - + Teklatua: nabigazioa Teklatua erabil dezakezu postontziko zerrendako mezuen artean mugitzeko, aurreko edo hurrengo mezura joateko mezu bat ikusten ari zaren bitartean, eta postontziko zerrendako orrien artean mugitzeko. Teklatu bidez nabigatzea mezu-zerrendan Teklatua erabil dezakezu mezu-zerrendako mezuak hautatzeko eta ikusteko. Mezuen artean mugitzeko, erabili Gora eta Behera gezi-teklak, Kontrol (Ktrl) tekla sakatuta daukazula. Orriaren hasieran hasiko zara (bistaratutako azken mezuan) Gora sakatzen baduzu, eta orriaren amaieran (bistaratutako lehen mezuan) Behera sakatzen baduzu. Uneko mezua nabarmenduta agertuko da, sagua gainean jarrita izango bazenu bezala. Postontziko zerrendan gora eta behera mugitzen ari zaren bitartean, Zuriune-barra saka dezakezu mezua hautatzeko edo desautatzeko, eta Itzuli saka dezakezu mezua ikusteko. Alt tekla sakatuta badaukazu Ktrl teklaren ordez mezu-zerrendan nabigatzen ari zarenean, automatikoki hautatu edo desautatuko dira pasatzen ari zaren mezuak. Mezu-zerrenda: Aurreko/Hurrengo orria Erabili Ezkerrera eta Gora teklak, postontziko mezuen aurreko orrira edo hurrengo orria joateko, hurrenez hurren. Mezu-ikuspegia: Aurreko/Hurrengo mezua Erabili Ezkerrera eta Gora teklak, aurreko mezura edo hurrengo mezura joateko, hurrenez hurren. - - - - Mezuak birbidaltzea - Hainbat aukera dituzu mezuak birbidaltzeko. - - Postontziaren ikuspegitik birbidaltzea Postontziaren ikuspegian, hainbat mezu birbidal ditzakezu aldi berean. Hautatzen duzun mezu bakoitza osorik bidaliko zaie hartzaileei. Mezu bakoitza eranskin gisa ikusiko duzu mezuak idazteko leihoan. Mezuak jasotzean, mezu bakoitza mezu kapsulatu gisa jasoko dute hartzaileek. - - Mezuen ikuspegitik birbidaltzea Mezuen ikuspegian banaka bidaltzean mezuak, hiru aukera dituzu: 1. Mezu osoa: Aukera honek mezu osoa erantsiko dio zure mezuari. Mezua idazteko areak ez du edukiko birbidalitako mezuaren testurik. Postontziaren ikuspegitik mezu bakar bat bidaltzearen berdina da, baina Gaia: lerroa jada ezarrita izango duzu. 2. Gorputz-testua soilik: Mezuaren gorputza bakarrik birbidali nahi baduzu, erabili aukera hau. Jatorrizko mezuaren eranskinak ez dira sartuko birbidalitako mezuan. Testua mezua idazteko arean agertuko da, eta edita dezakezu, edo zeure iruzkinak gehitu ere bai. 3. Gorputz-testua eranskinekin: Mezu baten eranskinak mezuarekin batera birbidaltzeko, mezuaren gorputzarekin batera #2 Gorputz-testua soilik aukeran azaldutako moduan, erabili aukera hau. Gorputz-testua mezua idazteko arean jarriko da zuk editatu ahal izateko, eta jatorrizko mezuaren eranskin guztiak birbidaltzeko mezuari kopiatuko zaizkio. - + Mezu-idazketa: Ekintzak @@ -75,10 +70,6 @@ Mezu-idazketa: Estekatu eranskinak Mezuaren eranskinak bidalitako mezuaren zati gisa bidaliko diren ala eranskin horiek zerbitzari lokal batean gordeko diren zehazten du. Eranskinak estekatuak badira, mezuaren hartzaileak web-esteka bat izango du eta esteka horretatik eranskinak deskargatu ahal izango ditu. Estekatutako eranskinen abantaila hauxe da: bidalitako mezuen tamaina ikaragarri gutxitzen dela. Eranskinak estekatzeak duen desabantaila, berriz, hauxe: eranskinen edukia agian ez dela eskuragarri egongo etorkizunean, eranskineko datuak mezu elektronikoan ez badira gordetzen. - - Mezu-bilaketa - Bilatzeko irizpideak Mezuak bila ditzakezu karpetetan, bilatzeko irizpide desberdinak erabiliz. 1. urratsa: Hautatu kontsulta guztiak (AND bilaketa) ala edozein kontsulta (OR bilaketa) parekatu nahi duzun. 2. urratsa: Hautatu bilaketa-irizpideetan gehitu nahi dituzun eremuak, eta, beharrezkoa bada, identifikatu eremu horien bilaketa-parametroak. 3. urratsa: Aukeratu mezuak zein karpetatan bilatu nahi dituzun. 4. urratsa: Sakatu "Bilatu". Zure irizpidearekin bat badatozen mezuak "Bilaketaren emaitza" koadroan azalduko dira. - Karpetak: karpeta-ekintzak Ezkerreko zutabeko botoiak erabiliz hauta ditzakezu karpetak. Hori egindakoan, hautatu karptan egin nahi duzun ekintza ezkerreko koadroan. Sortu Sortu karpeta berri bat, posible bada. Karpeta bat sortzeko oinarrizko mailan, hautatu 'Sortu' ezkerreko zutabean karpetarik hautatu gabe, Azpikarpeta bat sortzeko lehendik dagoen beste karpeta batean, hautatu karpeta ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Sortu'. Aldatu izena Aldatu izena karpeta bati. Izena aldatzeko, aldatu izena aldatu nahi diezun karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Aldatu izena' aukeran. Izena aldatzean, automatikoki izena aldatuko zaie azpikarpeta guztiei. Ezabatu Ezabatu karpeta bat eta karpetaren barneko mezu guztiak. Ezabatzeko, aldatu ezabatu nahi dituzun karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Ezabatu' aukeran. Umeak dituen karpeta bat ezabatzean, azpikarpetak ez dira automatikoki ezabatuko. Ume horiek kentzeko, ezkerreko zutabean eskuz hautatu behar dituzu ezabatu nahi dituzun karpeta guztiak. Hustu Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ezabatzeko, baina karpeta bera ezabatu gabe, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Hustu' aukeran. Borratu betiko Ezabatutako gisa markatutako karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ezabatzeko, baina karpeta bera ezabatu gabe, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Borratu betiko' aukeran. Aukera hau erabiltzeko ezinbestekoa da zakarrantzorik ez erabiltzea. Harpidetu/Harpidetza kendu Karpeta bat harpidetutako gisa edo harpidetza kendutako gisa markatzen du. Karpeta bat harpidetzen denean, goitibeherako karpeta-zerrenda guztietan agertzen da. Aukera horiek agertzeko ezinbestekoa da IMAP karpeta-harpidetzak erabiltzea. Harpidetzeko, hautatu ezabatzeko karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Harpidetu' aukeran. Harpidetza kentzeko, aldatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Kendu harpidetza' aukeran. Begiratu mezu berririk dagoen/Ez begiratu mezu berririk dagoen Mezu berririk dagoen begiratzeko markatzen du karpeta bat karpeta-nabigazioan eta alboko barran (aktibatuta badago). Marka hau ezartzeko, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Begiratu mezu berririk dagoen'. Marka hau kentzeko, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Ez begiratu mezu berririk dagoen'. Markatu mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa/Markatu mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa markatzeko, hautatu ezkerreko zutabeko karpetak eta hautatu 'Markatu mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa'. Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa markatzeko, hautatu ezkerreko zutabeko karpetak eta hautatu 'Markatu mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa'. Deskargatu Karpeta bateko fitxategi guztiak deskargatzeko fitxategi bakar batean (mbox formatuko fitxategi batean), hautatu karpeta ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Deskargatu' botoian. Fitxatategia ZIP formatu konprimatuan deskargatzeko, hautatu 'Deskargatu [.zip formatua]'. Inportatu mezuak Aukera honek mbox edo eml fitxategiak aukeratu duzun karpetara inportatzen ditu. Aukeratu mezuak inportatzeko karpeta bat ezkerreko zutabean, eta ondoren hautatu aukera hau. Zein mbox edo eml fitxategi inportatu nahi duzun zehazteko orri batera joango zara. Berreraiki karpeta-zuhaitza Berreraiki karpeta-zuhaitzaren irudikapen grafikoa, posta-zerbitzarian berriro kontsulta eginez. Normalean ez zenuke hori egin behar, ez bazara ari aldi berean posta-zerbitzaria atzitzen beste posta-bezero batekin eta posta-bezero horrek aldaketak egin baditu karpeta-egituran. @@ -121,6 +112,14 @@ PGP: Eskaneatu testu-gorputzak Eskaneatu testu-gorputzak Hautatzen bada, PGP datuetarako testu-mezu guztien gorputzak eskaneatuko ditu IMPk, eta daturen bat aurkitzen badu, emaitzak bistaratuko ditu. Kontuan izan horrek sistema motelduko duela, testu-mezu guztiak osorik eskaneatu behar baitira PGP datuetarako. + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + Mezu-idazketa: Enkriptatze-aukerak Enkriptatzerik ez Mezua enkriptatu gabe bidaltzen du (testu osoa). PGP enkriptatzedun mezua Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, PGP eta hartzaileen gako publiko pertsonala erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Hartzaileen gako publikoa gordeta eduki BEHAR duzu helbide-liburuan; bestela, aukerak honek huts egingo du. Hartzaileen gako publikoa helbide-liburuan badaukazu, baina hala ere erroreak jasotzen badituzu, egiaztatu hartzaileen eremuko posta elektronikoa eta gako publikoan gordeta dagoen helbide elektronikoa bat datozela. Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuan erantsiko dira. PGP sinaduradun mezua Aukera honek uneko mezua digitalki sinatuko du PGP eta zure gako pribatu pertsonala erabiliz. Oraindik ez baduzu zure gako pribatuaren pasaesaldia sartu saio honetan, pasaesaldia sartu nahi duzun galdetuko dizu. Hartzaileak zure gako publikoaren kopia bat eduki behar du zure sinadura digitalki egiaztatzeko. PGP bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du. Ikus "PGP enkriptatzedun mezua" eta "PGP sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero. PGP enkriptatzedun mezua pasaesaldiarekin Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, PGP eta pasaesaldi bat erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Enkriptatzeko erabili beharreko pasaesaldia zein den galdetuko zaizu. Eman pasaesaldia hartzaileari kanal seguru baten bitartez (pertsonalki, telefonoz, etab.) Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuari erantsiko zaizkio. PGP bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua pasaesaldiarekin Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du pasaesaldi batekin. Ikus "PGP enkriptatzedun mezua pasaesaldiarekin" eta "PGP sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero. S/MIME enkriptatzedun mezua Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, S/MIME eta hartzaileen ziurtagiria erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Hartzaileen ziurtagiria gordeta eduki BEHAR duzu helbide-liburuan; bestela, aukerak honek huts egingo du. Hartzailearen ziurtagiria helbide-liburuan badaukazu, baina hala ere erroreak jasotzen badituzu, egiaztatu hartzaileen eremuko helbide elektronikoa eta ziurtagiria gordetako helbide elektronikoa bat datozela. Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuan erantsiko dira. S/MIMErekin sinatutako mezua Aukera honek digitalki sinatuko du uneko mezua, S/MIME eta zure ziurtagiria erabiliz. Saioan zehar oraindik ez baduzu zure ziurtagiriaren pasaesaldia sartu, eskatu egingo zaizu. S/MIME bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du. Ikus "S/MIME enkriptatzedun mezua" eta "S/MIME sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero. @@ -285,17 +284,51 @@ Hobespenak: Eskatu irakurragiriak "Eskatu irakurragiria?" hautatuz gero, mezuaren hartzaileei eskaera bat bidaltzen zaie, hartzaileek zuri jakinarazteko mezua ireki dutela. Hori ez dute bezero guztiek onartzen/ baliatzen. - + Hobespenak: Bidali irakurragiria - "Bidali irakurragiria" aukerak irakurragiria bidaltzen du, mezu bat irakurtzen duzunean bidaltzaileak mezua irakurri duzula jakiteko. Kasu askotan, automatikoki egingo da zuri ezer galdetu gabe. Kasu gutxi batzuetan, zuk erabaki beharko duzu jakinarazpena bidaliko duzun ala ez, esteka batean klik eginez. + "Bidali irakurragiria" aukerak irakurragiria bidaltzen du, mezu bat irakurtzen duzunean bidaltzaileak mezua irakurri duzula jakiteko. Kasu askotan, automatikoki egingo da zuri ezer galdetu gabe. Kasu gutxi batzuetan, zuk erabaki beharko duzu jakinarazpena bidaliko duzun ala ez, esteka batean klik eginez. Hobespenak: Eskatu banaketa-berrespena "Erakutsi banaketa-berrespena" hautatuz gero, hartzailearen posta-zerbitzariari eskatzen zaio hartzailearen postontzira mezua noiz iritsi den jakinaraztea zuri. Horrek ez du esan nahi hartzaileak mezua ikusi duenik, baizik eta postontzi batean dagoela. Eskaera hau ez dute posta-zerbitzari guztiek onartzen. - + Hobespenak: Ezabatu mezu baztergarriak sailkatu ondoren - Hiru aukeretako bat egitea hauta dezakezu, mezu bat baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatu ondoren. Lehenengoan, ezer ez egitea erabaki dezakezu - mezua baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatuko da, baina, zure postontzian aldatu gabe geratuko da. Bigarrengoan, mezua baztergarri gisa sailkatuz gero, mezua berehala ezabatuko da. Ezarpen honek ez du eraginik izango mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean. Hirugarrenean, mezu bat baztergarri gisa sailkatzen denean, mezua uneko postontzitik ezabatuko da eta baztergarrien karpetara eramango da. Bestela, mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean, uneko postontzitik ezabatu eta SARRERAKO ONTZIra eramango da. + Hiru aukeretako bat egitea hauta dezakezu, mezu bat baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatu ondoren. Lehenengoan, ezer ez egitea erabaki dezakezu - mezua baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatuko da, baina, zure postontzian aldatu gabe geratuko da. Bigarrengoan, mezua baztergarri gisa sailkatuz gero, mezua berehala ezabatuko da. Ezarpen honek ez du eraginik izango mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean. Hirugarrenean, mezu bat baztergarri gisa sailkatzen denean, mezua uneko postontzitik ezabatuko da eta baztergarrien karpetara eramango da. Bestela, mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean, uneko postontzitik ezabatu eta SARRERAKO ONTZIra eramango da. + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + Hobespenak: Blokeatu HTML irudiak diff --git a/imp/locale/fa_IR/help.xml b/imp/locale/fa_IR/help.xml index 905c006a4..67acf692a 100644 --- a/imp/locale/fa_IR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/fa_IR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,27 +12,21 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + + ايجاد پيغام : عمليات + عمليات + "ارسال پيغام" ، از اين طريق می‌توانيد پيغامهای خود را به گيرند‌گان ارسال نماييد اما می‌بايست قبل از ارسال از آنچه که ارسال می‌گردد اطمينان کافی کسب نماييد زيرا اين عمل برگشت پذير نيست. + "ذخيره پيش نويس" ، قراردادن پيغامی که ايجاد آن خاتمه نيافته است در پوشه‌ايي به نام "drafts" . لطفاْ قبل از حفظ پيش‌نويس نامی در عنوان آن قرار دهيد تا تکميل آن راحت‌‌تر صورت گيرد. اين پوشه از طريق گزينه‌های گشودنی بازکردن پوشه، موجود در بالای سمت راست صفحه، قابل انتخاب است. شما می‌توانيد با رفتن به اين پوشه و باز کردن پيغام مورد نظر، آنرا تکميل نماييد. + بسته به نوع نصب، شما می‌توانيد ترجيح خود را برای بازگشت به آخرين پوشهٔ مشاهده شده و يا مشاهده همان پيغامی که پيش‌نويس آنرا حفظ کرده‌ايد بعد از انجام عمل ذخيره سازی، تعيين نماييد. + "انصراف از ارسال پيغام" ارسال پيغام را ملغی نموده و شما را به آخرين پوشه‌ايي که در حال مشاهده آن بوده‌ايد برمی‌گرداند. - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - - ايجاد پيغام : فرستنده - فرستنده - اگر توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه داده شود، شما می‌توانيد برای پر کردن اين فيلد از فهرست گشودنی استفاده کرده و يکی از هويتهايي را که در بخش گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی وارد کرده‌ايد انتخاب نماييد و يا اينکه آدرس خود را در اين فيلد درج نماييد. + + + ايجاد پيغام : فرستنده + فرستنده + اگر توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه داده شود، شما می‌توانيد برای پر کردن اين فيلد از فهرست گشودنی استفاده کرده و يکی از هويتهايي را که در بخش گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی وارد کرده‌ايد انتخاب نماييد و يا اينکه آدرس خود را در اين فيلد درج نماييد. - - ايجاد پيغام : به + + + ايجاد پيغام : به To - در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. - - - ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت - رونوشت - در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی از پيغام به يک گيرنده ديگر، بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. - رونوشت‌ها معمولا به افرادی ارسال مي‌شوند که نيازی به ارسال مستقيم پيغام به آنها نيست، بلکه بايد تنها از ارسال پيغام اطلاع حاصل نمايند. لازم به تذکر است که گيرندگان اصلی و گيرندگان رونوشت با مشاهدهٔ نامه، از يکديگر اطلاع حاصل خواهند نمود. - - - ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت مخفی - رونوشت مخفی - در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی مخفی از پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آنها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. - رونوشت‌های مخفی عموماْ به افرادی ارسال مي‌گردد که لازم است از مفاد پيغام اطلاع يابند ولی گيرندگان ديگر پيغام نبايد از دريافت پيغام توسط آنها اطلاع يابند. - - - ايجاد پيغام : موضوع - موضوع - در اين فيلد موضوع پيغام درج مي‌گردد. موضوع نامه بايد ساده و کوتاه بوده و معرف بدنهٔ پيغام باشد زيرا در اين صورت دسته‌بندی و يافتن پيغامها به آسانی ممکن خواهد بود. - همچنين هنگامی که شما پيغام را پاسخ مي‌دهيد و يا به ديگران ارجاع مي‌نماييد، موضوع پيغام عيناْ در پيغام جديد رونوشت مي‌شود، به همين دليل اگر پاسخ و يا ارجاعی حاوی ايدهٔ جديدی باشد بهتر است که موضوع آنرا تغيير دهيد. - - + در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. + + + + ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت + رونوشت + در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی از پيغام به يک گيرنده ديگر، بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. + رونوشت‌ها معمولا به افرادی ارسال مي‌شوند که نيازی به ارسال مستقيم پيغام به آنها نيست، بلکه بايد تنها از ارسال پيغام اطلاع حاصل نمايند. لازم به تذکر است که گيرندگان اصلی و گيرندگان رونوشت با مشاهدهٔ نامه، از يکديگر اطلاع حاصل خواهند نمود. + + + + ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت مخفی + رونوشت مخفی + در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی مخفی از پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آنها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد. + رونوشت‌های مخفی عموماْ به افرادی ارسال مي‌گردد که لازم است از مفاد پيغام اطلاع يابند ولی گيرندگان ديگر پيغام نبايد از دريافت پيغام توسط آنها اطلاع يابند. + + + + ايجاد پيغام : موضوع + موضوع + در اين فيلد موضوع پيغام درج مي‌گردد. موضوع نامه بايد ساده و کوتاه بوده و معرف بدنهٔ پيغام باشد زيرا در اين صورت دسته‌بندی و يافتن پيغامها به آسانی ممکن خواهد بود. + همچنين هنگامی که شما پيغام را پاسخ مي‌دهيد و يا به ديگران ارجاع مي‌نماييد، موضوع پيغام عيناْ در پيغام جديد رونوشت مي‌شود، به همين دليل اگر پاسخ و يا ارجاعی حاوی ايدهٔ جديدی باشد بهتر است که موضوع آنرا تغيير دهيد. + + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - - ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌ها - گزينه‌ها - گزينه‌ها به شما کمک مي‌نمايند تا پيغام خود را آماده نماييد. - برای بررسی املايي پيغام خود بايد بر روی "بررسی کنندهٔ املايي" کليک نماييد. - با کليک کردن بر روی "پیوستها" به انتهای صفحه، جايي که شما مي‌توانيد پرونده‌ها را به پيغام خود پیوست نماييد، راهنمايي مي‌شويد. - اگر حفظ پيغامهای ارسالی توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما فعال باشد، شما مي‌توانيد در صورت انتخاب گزينهٔ "ذخیرهٔ يک پیوست" يک نسخه از پيغام ارسالی را در پوشهٔ پيش‌فرض و يا پوشه‌ايي که در گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی شما، مشخص شده است ذخیره کنيد. همچنين اگر سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه انتخاب بيش از يک پوشه را برای ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی داده باشد، شما مي‌توانيد پوشهٔ مورد نظر خود را از طريق يک فهرست گشودنی که در کنار گزينهٔ ذخيره يک پیوست قرار خواهد داشت انتخاب نماييد. - در قسمت گزينه‌ها شما مي‌توانيد عمليات نگهداری‌ايي را تنظيم نماييد که اين پوشه‌ها را با يک ترتيب زمانی مشخص خالی کرده و يا تغيير نام دهد. نگهداری يک نسخه و يا رونوشت از يک پيغام به شما در دنبال نمودن بحث‌های در جريان، کمک مي‌نمايد. - ممکن است شما به خاطر وجود محدوديتهای ذخيره‌سازی، مايل به ذخيره تمام پيغامها، به خصوص پيغامهايي که پیوستهای بزرگی دارند نباشيد زيرا اگر فضای در اختيار شما توسط اين پيغامها اشغال شود شما ديگر قادر به دريافت پيغام جديد نخواهيد بود. - - - ايجاد پيغام : پیوستها - پیوستها - در اين بخش فهرستی از پرونده‌هايي که قبلا به پيغام شما پیوست شده است مشاهده مي‌گردد. - حذف پرونده(های) پیوست شده - برای حذف نمودن پرونده(های) پیوست شده بايد: - گام اول: گزينه‌های کنار نام پرونده‌هايي که مايل به حذف آنها هستيد را، انتخاب نماييد. - گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. - تغيير حالت پیوستها - برای تغيير حالت پیوستها پيغام خود بايد: - گام اول: حالت هر پیوست را در صورت تمايل به صورت "پیوست" و يا "برخط" درآوريد. - گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. - تغيير توضيحات پیوستها - برای تغيير توضيحات پیوستهای خود( منظور از توضيحات، متنی است که گيرنده به عنوان توضيحی بر پروندهٔ پیوست شده دريافت خواهد نمود) بايد: - گام اول: توضيحی را در فيلد توضيحات درج نماييد. - گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. + + + ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌ها + گزينه‌ها + گزينه‌ها به شما کمک مي‌نمايند تا پيغام خود را آماده نماييد. + برای بررسی املايي پيغام خود بايد بر روی "بررسی کنندهٔ املايي" کليک نماييد. + با کليک کردن بر روی "پیوستها" به انتهای صفحه، جايي که شما مي‌توانيد پرونده‌ها را به پيغام خود پیوست نماييد، راهنمايي مي‌شويد. + اگر حفظ پيغامهای ارسالی توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما فعال باشد، شما مي‌توانيد در صورت انتخاب گزينهٔ "ذخیرهٔ يک پیوست" يک نسخه از پيغام ارسالی را در پوشهٔ پيش‌فرض و يا پوشه‌ايي که در گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی شما، مشخص شده است ذخیره کنيد. همچنين اگر سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه انتخاب بيش از يک پوشه را برای ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی داده باشد، شما مي‌توانيد پوشهٔ مورد نظر خود را از طريق يک فهرست گشودنی که در کنار گزينهٔ ذخيره يک پیوست قرار خواهد داشت انتخاب نماييد. + در قسمت گزينه‌ها شما مي‌توانيد عمليات نگهداری‌ايي را تنظيم نماييد که اين پوشه‌ها را با يک ترتيب زمانی مشخص خالی کرده و يا تغيير نام دهد. نگهداری يک نسخه و يا رونوشت از يک پيغام به شما در دنبال نمودن بحث‌های در جريان، کمک مي‌نمايد. + ممکن است شما به خاطر وجود محدوديتهای ذخيره‌سازی، مايل به ذخيره تمام پيغامها، به خصوص پيغامهايي که پیوستهای بزرگی دارند نباشيد زيرا اگر فضای در اختيار شما توسط اين پيغامها اشغال شود شما ديگر قادر به دريافت پيغام جديد نخواهيد بود. + + + + ايجاد پيغام : پیوستها + پیوستها + در اين بخش فهرستی از پرونده‌هايي که قبلا به پيغام شما پیوست شده است مشاهده مي‌گردد. + حذف پرونده(های) پیوست شده + برای حذف نمودن پرونده(های) پیوست شده بايد: + گام اول: گزينه‌های کنار نام پرونده‌هايي که مايل به حذف آنها هستيد را، انتخاب نماييد. + گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. + تغيير حالت پیوستها + برای تغيير حالت پیوستها پيغام خود بايد: + گام اول: حالت هر پیوست را در صورت تمايل به صورت "پیوست" و يا "برخط" درآوريد. + گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. + تغيير توضيحات پیوستها + برای تغيير توضيحات پیوستهای خود( منظور از توضيحات، متنی است که گيرنده به عنوان توضيحی بر پروندهٔ پیوست شده دريافت خواهد نمود) بايد: + گام اول: توضيحی را در فيلد توضيحات درج نماييد. + گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد. - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -698,61 +744,89 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - - ايجاد پيغام : اولويّت - اولويّت - اولويّتها در واقع اشاره بر سرآمد "X-Priority" از پيغامهای ارسالی شما دارد که اين سرآمد در واقع شبه استانداردی است که توسط مرورگرهای موزيلا، نت‌اسکيپ، اپرا و ... پذيرفته شده است. مرورگرهايي که از اين شبه استاندارد پشتيبانی نمي‌کنند، تنها آنرا ناديده مي‌گيرند. + + + ايجاد پيغام : اولويّت + اولويّت + اولويّتها در واقع اشاره بر سرآمد "X-Priority" از پيغامهای ارسالی شما دارد که اين سرآمد در واقع شبه استانداردی است که توسط مرورگرهای موزيلا، نت‌اسکيپ، اپرا و ... پذيرفته شده است. مرورگرهايي که از اين شبه استاندارد پشتيبانی نمي‌کنند، تنها آنرا ناديده مي‌گيرند. - - ايجاد پيغام : ذخيره ضمايم - اين گزينه تعيين مي‌نمايد که آيا پیوستها نيز به هنگام ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی بايد در پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی ذخيره گردند و يا خير. انتخاب مورد آخر به شما در حفظ فضای ديسک دراختيارتان کمک مي‌نمايد. + + + ايجاد پيغام : ذخيره ضمايم + اين گزينه تعيين مي‌نمايد که آيا پیوستها نيز به هنگام ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی بايد در پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی ذخيره گردند و يا خير. انتخاب مورد آخر به شما در حفظ فضای ديسک دراختيارتان کمک مي‌نمايد. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - جستجوی پيغام - حوزهٔ جستجو - شما ممکن است بر روی پوشه‌های خود در حوزه‌های مختلفی جستجو انجام دهيد. - گام اول: در فيلدهای که مايل به جستجوی پيغام هستيد موارد مورد نظر خود را درج نماييد. - گام دوم: انتخاب علامت نامه‌ها برای افزودن به حوزهٔ جستجو. - گام سوم: انتخاب پوشه‌هايی که مايليد در آنها جستجو انجام پذيرد. - گام چهارم: فشردن کليد "جستجو" . - اگر پيغامهايي منطبق با حوزه‌های مورد جستجوی شما يافته شود، شما مي‌توانيد در بخش "نتايج جستجو" عناوين آنها را مشاهده کنيد. + + + مرورگر پوشه : عمليات + عمليات پوشه + شما مي‌توانيد يک پوشه را به کمک کليدهای راديويی موجود در ستون سمت راست انتخاب نماييد. بعد از آن، شما مي‌توانيد عملياتي را که مايل به اجرای آن بر روی اين پوشه مي‌باشيد به کمک جعبه انتخابی موجود در سمت راست، انتخاب نماييد. + گزينه‌های زيادی را ممکن است شما انتخاب نماييد،اما بايد در مورد انتخاب گزينهٔ حذف دقت نماييد زيرا باعث از بين رفتن کليه پيغامهای شما خواهد شد. + دريافت پيغامها + اين گزينه فايلهايي با انشعاب eml را به پوشهٔ انتخابی شما ارسال خواهد نمود. برای انجام اين کار، ابتدا بايد يک پوشه انتخاب نماييد و سپس اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا بتوانيد پيغامهای دريافت شده را در اين پوشه مشاهده نماييد. - - مرورگر پوشه : عمليات - عمليات پوشه - شما مي‌توانيد يک پوشه را به کمک کليدهای راديويی موجود در ستون سمت راست انتخاب نماييد. بعد از آن، شما مي‌توانيد عملياتي را که مايل به اجرای آن بر روی اين پوشه مي‌باشيد به کمک جعبه انتخابی موجود در سمت راست، انتخاب نماييد. - گزينه‌های زيادی را ممکن است شما انتخاب نماييد،اما بايد در مورد انتخاب گزينهٔ حذف دقت نماييد زيرا باعث از بين رفتن کليه پيغامهای شما خواهد شد. - دريافت پيغامها - اين گزينه فايلهايي با انشعاب eml را به پوشهٔ انتخابی شما ارسال خواهد نمود. برای انجام اين کار، ابتدا بايد يک پوشه انتخاب نماييد و سپس اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا بتوانيد پيغامهای دريافت شده را در اين پوشه مشاهده نماييد. - - - فيلترها : اعمال - اعمال قوانين فيلتر کردن - بر روی آيکون "اعمال فيلتر" در مجاورت کلمه INBOX کليک نماييد تا طبق قوانين مشخص شده، فيلترينگ بر روی پيغامهای پوشه اعمال شود. - - - فيلترها : ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن - ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن خود - بر روی کليد "ويرايش قوانين فيلتر شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي رهنمون شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش قوانين فيلترينگ فعال فعلي خواهيد بود. - - - فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سياه - ويرايش ليست سياه شما - بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سياه شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که تمايلی به دريافت پيغام از آنها نداريد. - - - فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سفيد - ويرايش ليست سفيد شما - بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سفيد شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که شما همواره تمايل به دريافت پيغام را از آنها داريد. - - - فيلترها : فيلترينگ زمان ورود - آيا قوانين فيلترها در زمان ورود اعمال گردد؟ - انتخاب اين گزينه باعث اعمال فيلترها به هنگام ورود به IMP می‌گردد. - - - فيلترها : فيلترينگ در هر بروزرساني - آيا قوانين فيلترها در هر زمان که INBOX نمايش داده می‌شود اعمال گردد؟ - اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا در هر زمان که INBOX را مشاهده می‌کنيد، فيلترها اعمال شوند. - - - فيلترها : فيلتر کردن نامه‌دان - آيا قوانين فيلترها به هر نامه‌دان اعمال شوند؟ - انتخاب اين گزينه باعث مي‌شود تا شما بتوانيد قوانين فيلترها را به هر نامه‌دان اعمال کنيد( با انتخاب اين گزينه، آيکونی در کنار هر نامه‌دان نمايش داده خواهد شد که به شما اجازه اعمال قوانين فيلتر را بر روی پيغامهای آن پوشه را، خواهد داد). بايد توجه نماييد که به صورت پيش‌فرض فيلترها تنها بر روی نامه‌های رسيده اعمال مي‌شوند زيرا اعمال فيلترها بر روی پوشه‌های ديگر نتايج غير منتظره‌ايي همچون انتقال پيغامها، حذف غير منتظره آنها و يا... می‌تواند داشته باشد. - - - PGP : پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی - پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی - اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی PGP به همراه نامه خارج شده، ارسال می‌گردد. طريقه عملکرد پيش‌فرض را از طريق صفحه گزينه‌های PGP می‌توان تنظيم نمود. - - - PGP : بررسي بدنهٔ متن - بررسي بدنهٔ متن - اگر اين گزِينه انتخاب شود، IMP بدنهٔ تمام پيغامها را برای يافتن داده PGP جستجو کرده و نتايج را نشان خواهد داد. بايد توجه نماييد که انتخاب اين گزينه باعث کندی سامانه خواهد گشت. - - - ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌های رمزبندی - بدون رمزبندی - ارسال متن بدون رمزبندی : متن ساده - رمزبندی PGP پيغام - انتخاب اين گزينه پيغام فعلی را با استفاده از PGP و کليد عمومی شخصی گيرنده رمز نموده و سپس آنرا ارسال خواهد کرد. در اين حالت شما تنها قادر به ارسال پيغام به يک گيرنده خواهيد بود. شما بايد حتماْ کليد عمومی گيرنده را در کتابچهٔ خود داشته باشيد تا پيغام به درستی ارسال شود. - امضاء PGP پيغام - انتخاب اين گزينه باعث می‌شود تا پيغام جاری با استفاده از PGP و کليد خصوصی شخصی شما امضاء گردد. گيرندهٔ پيغام با کمک کليد عمومی شما قادر به شناسايي شما خواهد بود. - امضاء/رمزبندی PGP پيغام - انتخاب اين گزينه ابتدا پيغام را به صورت ديجيتالی امضاء کرده و سپس نتيجه را رمز می‌نمايد. - رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام + + + فيلترها : اعمال + اعمال قوانين فيلتر کردن + بر روی آيکون "اعمال فيلتر" در مجاورت کلمه INBOX کليک نماييد تا طبق قوانين مشخص شده، فيلترينگ بر روی پيغامهای پوشه اعمال شود. + + + + فيلترها : ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن + ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن خود + بر روی کليد "ويرايش قوانين فيلتر شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي رهنمون شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش قوانين فيلترينگ فعال فعلي خواهيد بود. + + + + فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سياه + ويرايش ليست سياه شما + بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سياه شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که تمايلی به دريافت پيغام از آنها نداريد. + + + + فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سفيد + ويرايش ليست سفيد شما + بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سفيد شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که شما همواره تمايل به دريافت پيغام را از آنها داريد. + + + + فيلترها : فيلترينگ زمان ورود + آيا قوانين فيلترها در زمان ورود اعمال گردد؟ + انتخاب اين گزينه باعث اعمال فيلترها به هنگام ورود به IMP می‌گردد. + + + + فيلترها : فيلترينگ در هر بروزرساني + آيا قوانين فيلترها در هر زمان که INBOX نمايش داده می‌شود اعمال گردد؟ + اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا در هر زمان که INBOX را مشاهده می‌کنيد، فيلترها اعمال شوند. + + + + فيلترها : فيلتر کردن نامه‌دان + آيا قوانين فيلترها به هر نامه‌دان اعمال شوند؟ + انتخاب اين گزينه باعث مي‌شود تا شما بتوانيد قوانين فيلترها را به هر نامه‌دان اعمال کنيد( با انتخاب اين گزينه، آيکونی در کنار هر نامه‌دان نمايش داده خواهد شد که به شما اجازه اعمال قوانين فيلتر را بر روی پيغامهای آن پوشه را، خواهد داد). بايد توجه نماييد که به صورت پيش‌فرض فيلترها تنها بر روی نامه‌های رسيده اعمال مي‌شوند زيرا اعمال فيلترها بر روی پوشه‌های ديگر نتايج غير منتظره‌ايي همچون انتقال پيغامها، حذف غير منتظره آنها و يا... می‌تواند داشته باشد. + + + + PGP : پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی + پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی + اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی PGP به همراه نامه خارج شده، ارسال می‌گردد. طريقه عملکرد پيش‌فرض را از طريق صفحه گزينه‌های PGP می‌توان تنظيم نمود. + + + + PGP : بررسي بدنهٔ متن + بررسي بدنهٔ متن + اگر اين گزِينه انتخاب شود، IMP بدنهٔ تمام پيغامها را برای يافتن داده PGP جستجو کرده و نتايج را نشان خواهد داد. بايد توجه نماييد که انتخاب اين گزينه باعث کندی سامانه خواهد گشت. + + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + + ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌های رمزبندی + بدون رمزبندی + ارسال متن بدون رمزبندی : متن ساده + رمزبندی PGP پيغام + انتخاب اين گزينه پيغام فعلی را با استفاده از PGP و کليد عمومی شخصی گيرنده رمز نموده و سپس آنرا ارسال خواهد کرد. در اين حالت شما تنها قادر به ارسال پيغام به يک گيرنده خواهيد بود. شما بايد حتماْ کليد عمومی گيرنده را در کتابچهٔ خود داشته باشيد تا پيغام به درستی ارسال شود. + امضاء PGP پيغام + انتخاب اين گزينه باعث می‌شود تا پيغام جاری با استفاده از PGP و کليد خصوصی شخصی شما امضاء گردد. گيرندهٔ پيغام با کمک کليد عمومی شما قادر به شناسايي شما خواهد بود. + امضاء/رمزبندی PGP پيغام + انتخاب اين گزينه ابتدا پيغام را به صورت ديجيتالی امضاء کرده و سپس نتيجه را رمز می‌نمايد. + رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام TODO - امضاء S/MIME پيغام + امضاء S/MIME پيغام TODO - امضاء/رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام + امضاء/رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام TODO - - PGP : مرور - PGP چيست؟ - PGP ابزاری برای ارتباطات و ذخيره‌سازی امن اطلاعات می‌باشد که خصوصا در پست الکترونيک به کار گرفته می‌شود. از اين ابزار برای رمزبندی و امضاء ديجيتالی پيغام استفاده مي‌شود. IMP از GnuPG برای فراهم نمودن اين امکان استفاده می‌نمايد. - آيا امکانات PGP فعال شود؟ - اگر اين گزينه فعال شود شما قادر به ايجاد/مشاهده کليدهای PGP خود، افزودن و حذف کردن کليدهای عمومی ديگران، خواندن پيغامهای رمز شدهٔ آنها، تشخيص امضاء ديجيتالی آنها و رمزبندی و امضاء نمودن ديجيتالی پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود. - - - PGP : گزينه‌ها- پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی - گزينه‌ها : - پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی - اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، در صورت وجود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی شما به نامه‌های ارسالی پیوست خواهد شد. - - - PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - مرور - اين صفحه فهرستی از کاربران فعلی را در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما، که دارای کليد عمومی PGP مي‌باشند، ارائه مي‌دهد. بايد توجه داشت که اين فهرست تنها حاوی کاربرانی است که 1)شما به آنها يک پيغام رمز شده ارسال کرده‌ايد - و يا - 2) امضاء ديجيتالي آنها را شناسايي کرده‌ايد. - مشاهده - بازکردن يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليدهای عمومی PGP. - جزئيات - نمايش برخی از جزئيات در مورد کليد عمومی PGP. - حذف - حذف کليد عمومی از کتابچهٔ آدرس. - - - PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - دريافت - دريافت کليدهای عمومی - اين کليد پنجره‌ايي را باز خواهد نمود که در آن شما قادر به ثبت کليد عمومی PGP خواهيد بود. اين کليد مي‌تواند درون فيلد متن درج شود و يا به صورت يک پرونده در رايانه شخصی شما قرار داشته باشد. در هر حال، چنانچه کليد معتبر باشد، به کتابچهٔ آدرس شما افزوده شده و پنجرهٔ باز شده بسته می‌شود و در غير اينصورت دلايل عدم اعتبار کليد بيان مي‌گردد. - - - PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی - مرور - اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامهای خود را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد و يا اينکه پيغامهای رمز شده از ديگران دريافت داريد بايد زوج کليد عمومي / خصوصي خود را داشته باشيد. - کليد عمومی شما - کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس هر فردی باشد که مايل به ارسال پيغام رمز به شما مي‌باشد. همچنين کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس افرادی که شما مايل به ارسال پيغامهايي با امضای ديجيتالي برای آنها مي‌باشيد نيز قرار گيرد زيرا کليد عمومي شما، مورد نياز است. - کليد خصوصی شما - کليد خصوصي شما برای رمز گشايي هر پيغام رمز شده با استفاده از کليد شما، مورد نياز است. به علاوه کليد خصوصي شما برای انجام امضای ديجيتالي يک پيغام نيز مورد استفاده قرار مي‌گيرد. کليد خصوصي شما از طريق passphrase نگاهداری مي‌شود و در هر نشست IMP شما تنها يکبار مجبور به وارد کردن passphrase خود، برای اعلان کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد. به همين دليل در انتهای يک نشست حتماً بايد از IMP خارج شويد. - - - PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی - کليد عمومی - مشاهده - يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليد عمومی PGP باز می‌کند. - جزئيات - جزئياتی را در مورد کليد عمومی PGP نشان می‌دهد. - - - PGP : مديريت کليدها - کليد خصوصی - وارد کردن عبارت گذر - برای وارد کردن عبارت گذر بايد پنجرهٔ عبارت گذر را باز کنيد. عبارت گذر را وارد کنيد. اگر صحيح بود، IMP آنرا تا انتهای نشست نگاه مي‌دارد. - حذف عبارت گذر - با حذف عبارت گذر ذخيره شده در IMP، هر پروسه جديدی که نياز به آن داشته باشد، وارد کردن آنرا از شما در خواست مي‌کند. - مشاهده - مي‌توان پنجره‌ايي را برای مشاهده کليد خصوصي PGP باز کرد ولي بايد دقت کنيد که هر گز کليد خصوصي خود را به شخص ديگری ارسال نکنيد. - جزئيات - جزئياتی را راجع به کليد خصوصی نشان می‌دهد. - - - PGP :کليدها مديريت کليدها - حذف - حذف کليدهای شخصی - اين کليد زوج کليد خصوصي/ عمومي شما را ازIMP حذف مي‌کند. - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - نام - نام - نامي که شما مي‌خواهيد به همراه کليد خصوصي خود درج کنيد (اجباری) - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - توضيحات - توضيحات - توضيحی که مايل به درج آن به همراه کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد(اختياری). - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - آدرس‌های پست الکترونيک - آدرسهای پست الکترونيک - آدرس پست الکترونيکی که شما مي‌خواهيد با کليد خصوصي خود مرتبط نمايند (اجباری) - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - طول کليد - طول کليد - طول کليد توليد شده شما به بايت. هر چه اين طول بزرگتر باشد، ارتباط امن تر خواهد بود. البته بايد توجه کنيد که اين امر باعث بالارفتن زمان توليد کليد و همچنين زمان رمزبندی مي‌گردد. طول 1024 بايت طول پيش‌فرض مي‌باشد که امنيت خوبي را فراهم مي‌آورد. - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عبارت گذر - عبارت گذر - از عبارت گذر برای محافظت و رمزنگاری کليد خصوصي استفاده مي‌شود. عبارت گذر بايد حداقل 6 نويسه باشد. توجه نماييد که اين عبارت نبايد معادل يک کلمه در ديکشنری بوده و همچنيني نبايد معادل اسم رمز شما باشد و بايد هم شامل نويسه‌های حرفي و هم نويسه‌هاي عددی باشد. لازم به ذکر است که عبارت گذر را برای تأييد، دوبار بايد وارد نمايند (اجباری) - - - PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عمليات - ايجاد کليدها - زوج کليد خصوصي و عمومي شما را ايجاد و ذخيره مي‌کند. - دريافت زوج کليد - اين کليد يک زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي را دريافت مي‌کند و برای اين منظور يک پنجره را باز مي‌کند که در آن شما مي‌توانيد به صورت دستي زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي موجود خود را معرفي نمايند. زوج کليدها به صورت متن مي‌توانند درج شوند يا اگر داخل يک پرونده بر روی کامپيوتر محلّي شما باشند مي‌توانيد تنها نام پرونده را درج نماييد. چنانچه کليدها صحيح باشند پنجره بسته خواهد شد و در غير اين صورت يک پيغام خطا که نوع خطا در آن توضيح داده خواهد شد، مشاهده می‌گردد. - - - S/MIME : مرور - S/MIME چيست؟ - S/MIME يک سيستم کليد خصوصي/عمومي است که انجام امضای ديجيتالي را ممکن مي‌نمايد. همچنين S/MIME قادر به رمزبندی پيغامها و خصوصي سازی آنها برای فرستندگان و گيرندگان بوده و همچنين قادر به تشخيص تحريفهای صورت گرفته در پيغامها بعد از ارسال آنها، مي‌باشد. - آيا قابليتهای S/MIME فعال شود؟ - اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، شما قادر به وارد کردن کليدهای شخصي S/MIME خود خواهيد بود که به طبع آن شما قادر به خواندن پيغامهای رمز شده، تشخيص امضاهای ديجيتالي فرستندگان و همچنين رمزبندی و امضاء پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود. - - - S/MIME : کليدهای شخصی - مرور - اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامي را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد، بايد زوج کليد خصوصي/عمومي S/MIME خود را داشته باشيد. - - - S/MIME : دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی - دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی - اين کليد، گواهيهای تأييد شخصي خود را از يک پرونده با فرمت PKCS#12 دريافت مي‌کند. اين فرمت غالبا توسط مرورگرها و يا برخي از سيستم عاملها ( مانند ويندوز XP ) استفاده مي‌شود. اگر کليدهای موجود در پرونده معتبر باشند، ثبت شده و پنجره بسته مي‌شود در غير اين صورت پيغام خطا مشاهده خواهد شد. - - - S/MIME : حذف گواهی‌های شخصی - حذف گواهی‌های شخصی - با حذف گواهيهای تأیيد شخصي، شما ديگر قادر به امضای S/MIME پيغامهای خود نخواهيد بود و همچنين هيچ پيغام رمز شده‌ S/MIME را نمي‌توانيد مشاهده کنيد. - - - S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - مديريت فهرست کليد عمومی S/MIME شما - مشاهده - مشاهدهٔ متن کليد عمومی - جزئيات - مشاهدهٔ جزئيات فنی کليد عمومی - حذف - با اين انتخاب، کليد عمومی انتخاب شده از ديسک شما حذف می‌شود. با حذف کليد عمومي يک کاربر، شما قادر به ارسال پيغام رمز شده به آن کاربر نخواهيد بود. - - - چاپ - چاپ يک پيغام - برای چاپ پيغامي که مشاهده مي‌کنيد بر روی کليد "چاپ"، کليک نمائيد. بسته به نوع مرورگر شما پنجرهٔ چاپ برای شما گشوده خواهد شد. اگر احياناْ اين پنجره باز نشد، از گزینگان پروندهٔ موجود در مرورگر خود برای فعال کردن اين پنجره استفاده کنيد. - - - مرتب سازی / گروه ‌بندی - مرتب کردن ورودی‌ها - هنگامي که فهرست پيغامها را مشاهده مي‌کنيد، قادر به مرتب کردن پيغامها بر اساس تمام ستونها خواهيد بود. برای اين منظور تنها بايد بر روی عنوان ستون کليک نمايند. همچنين با انجام کليک بر روی علامت فلش کنار هر ستون می‌توان مرتب سازی را از صعودی به نزولي و يا بر عکس، تغيير داد. - نمایش سلسله‌ایی - برای گروه‌بندی پيغامها بر اساس موضوع ( هر پيغام حداقل با پاسخهای مربوط به آن پيغام، گروه بندی مي‌شود)، بايد بر روی پيوند [ساسله‌ایی] که در ستون قرار داد، کليک نماييد. برای از بين بردن اين نحوهٔ نمایش بايد برروی پيوند [موضوع] در ستون موضوع، کليک نماييد. - - - پيغامهای چندقسمتی/جايگزين - برخي از پيغام‌ها به صورت چند قسمتي/جايگزين ارسال مي‌گردند. اين پيغامها حاوی چند قسمت مي‌باشند که در آنها تمام قسمتها، محتوای يکسان با قالبهای متفاوتي را نمايش مي‌دهند که عموماْ تنها قسمت آخر توسط مرورگر نشان داده مي‌شود ( تفاوت قالب اين قسمتها مثلا در قالب متن و يا قالب HTML پيغام و ... مي‌باشد). - - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : تغيير نام ماهانه پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسال شده - اگر شما مايل به تغيير نام پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسال شده در ابتدای هر ماه مي‌باشيد، بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. در اين صورت اين پوشه به نامي تغيير نام داده خواهد شد که حاوی نام ماه و سال باشد و يک پوشهٔ جديد نامه‌های ارسالي نيز ايجاد خواهد شد. - - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه - اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسالي در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک مورد استفاده خود داشته باشيد، انتخاب اين گزينه مفيد خواهد بود. - - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه - ماه‌های نگهداری - اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي قديمي خود باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی خود را برای قدمت پوشه‌ها تعيين نماييد. بعد از تعيين تعداد ماهها و انتخاب اين گزينه، پوشه‌های قديمي حذف خواهند شد. + + + PGP : مرور + PGP چيست؟ + PGP ابزاری برای ارتباطات و ذخيره‌سازی امن اطلاعات می‌باشد که خصوصا در پست الکترونيک به کار گرفته می‌شود. از اين ابزار برای رمزبندی و امضاء ديجيتالی پيغام استفاده مي‌شود. IMP از GnuPG برای فراهم نمودن اين امکان استفاده می‌نمايد. + آيا امکانات PGP فعال شود؟ + اگر اين گزينه فعال شود شما قادر به ايجاد/مشاهده کليدهای PGP خود، افزودن و حذف کردن کليدهای عمومی ديگران، خواندن پيغامهای رمز شدهٔ آنها، تشخيص امضاء ديجيتالی آنها و رمزبندی و امضاء نمودن ديجيتالی پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود. + + + + PGP : گزينه‌ها- پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی + گزينه‌ها : - پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی + اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، در صورت وجود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی شما به نامه‌های ارسالی پیوست خواهد شد. + + + + PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی + مرور + اين صفحه فهرستی از کاربران فعلی را در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما، که دارای کليد عمومی PGP مي‌باشند، ارائه مي‌دهد. بايد توجه داشت که اين فهرست تنها حاوی کاربرانی است که 1)شما به آنها يک پيغام رمز شده ارسال کرده‌ايد - و يا - 2) امضاء ديجيتالي آنها را شناسايي کرده‌ايد. + مشاهده + بازکردن يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليدهای عمومی PGP. + جزئيات + نمايش برخی از جزئيات در مورد کليد عمومی PGP. + حذف + حذف کليد عمومی از کتابچهٔ آدرس. + + + + PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - دريافت + دريافت کليدهای عمومی + اين کليد پنجره‌ايي را باز خواهد نمود که در آن شما قادر به ثبت کليد عمومی PGP خواهيد بود. اين کليد مي‌تواند درون فيلد متن درج شود و يا به صورت يک پرونده در رايانه شخصی شما قرار داشته باشد. در هر حال، چنانچه کليد معتبر باشد، به کتابچهٔ آدرس شما افزوده شده و پنجرهٔ باز شده بسته می‌شود و در غير اينصورت دلايل عدم اعتبار کليد بيان مي‌گردد. + + + + PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی + مرور + اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامهای خود را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد و يا اينکه پيغامهای رمز شده از ديگران دريافت داريد بايد زوج کليد عمومي / خصوصي خود را داشته باشيد. + کليد عمومی شما + کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس هر فردی باشد که مايل به ارسال پيغام رمز به شما مي‌باشد. همچنين کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس افرادی که شما مايل به ارسال پيغامهايي با امضای ديجيتالي برای آنها مي‌باشيد نيز قرار گيرد زيرا کليد عمومي شما، مورد نياز است. + کليد خصوصی شما + کليد خصوصي شما برای رمز گشايي هر پيغام رمز شده با استفاده از کليد شما، مورد نياز است. به علاوه کليد خصوصي شما برای انجام امضای ديجيتالي يک پيغام نيز مورد استفاده قرار مي‌گيرد. کليد خصوصي شما از طريق passphrase نگاهداری مي‌شود و در هر نشست IMP شما تنها يکبار مجبور به وارد کردن passphrase خود، برای اعلان کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد. به همين دليل در انتهای يک نشست حتماً بايد از IMP خارج شويد. + + + + PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی - کليد عمومی + مشاهده + يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليد عمومی PGP باز می‌کند. + جزئيات + جزئياتی را در مورد کليد عمومی PGP نشان می‌دهد. + + + + PGP : مديريت کليدها - کليد خصوصی + وارد کردن عبارت گذر + برای وارد کردن عبارت گذر بايد پنجرهٔ عبارت گذر را باز کنيد. عبارت گذر را وارد کنيد. اگر صحيح بود، IMP آنرا تا انتهای نشست نگاه مي‌دارد. + حذف عبارت گذر + با حذف عبارت گذر ذخيره شده در IMP، هر پروسه جديدی که نياز به آن داشته باشد، وارد کردن آنرا از شما در خواست مي‌کند. + مشاهده + مي‌توان پنجره‌ايي را برای مشاهده کليد خصوصي PGP باز کرد ولي بايد دقت کنيد که هر گز کليد خصوصي خود را به شخص ديگری ارسال نکنيد. + جزئيات + جزئياتی را راجع به کليد خصوصی نشان می‌دهد. + + + + PGP :کليدها مديريت کليدها - حذف + حذف کليدهای شخصی + اين کليد زوج کليد خصوصي/ عمومي شما را ازIMP حذف مي‌کند. + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - نام + نام + نامي که شما مي‌خواهيد به همراه کليد خصوصي خود درج کنيد (اجباری) + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - توضيحات + توضيحات + توضيحی که مايل به درج آن به همراه کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد(اختياری). + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - آدرس‌های پست الکترونيک + آدرسهای پست الکترونيک + آدرس پست الکترونيکی که شما مي‌خواهيد با کليد خصوصي خود مرتبط نمايند (اجباری) + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - طول کليد + طول کليد + طول کليد توليد شده شما به بايت. هر چه اين طول بزرگتر باشد، ارتباط امن تر خواهد بود. البته بايد توجه کنيد که اين امر باعث بالارفتن زمان توليد کليد و همچنين زمان رمزبندی مي‌گردد. طول 1024 بايت طول پيش‌فرض مي‌باشد که امنيت خوبي را فراهم مي‌آورد. + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عبارت گذر + عبارت گذر + از عبارت گذر برای محافظت و رمزنگاری کليد خصوصي استفاده مي‌شود. عبارت گذر بايد حداقل 6 نويسه باشد. توجه نماييد که اين عبارت نبايد معادل يک کلمه در ديکشنری بوده و همچنيني نبايد معادل اسم رمز شما باشد و بايد هم شامل نويسه‌های حرفي و هم نويسه‌هاي عددی باشد. لازم به ذکر است که عبارت گذر را برای تأييد، دوبار بايد وارد نمايند (اجباری) + + + + PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عمليات + ايجاد کليدها + زوج کليد خصوصي و عمومي شما را ايجاد و ذخيره مي‌کند. + دريافت زوج کليد + اين کليد يک زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي را دريافت مي‌کند و برای اين منظور يک پنجره را باز مي‌کند که در آن شما مي‌توانيد به صورت دستي زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي موجود خود را معرفي نمايند. زوج کليدها به صورت متن مي‌توانند درج شوند يا اگر داخل يک پرونده بر روی کامپيوتر محلّي شما باشند مي‌توانيد تنها نام پرونده را درج نماييد. چنانچه کليدها صحيح باشند پنجره بسته خواهد شد و در غير اين صورت يک پيغام خطا که نوع خطا در آن توضيح داده خواهد شد، مشاهده می‌گردد. + + + + S/MIME : مرور + S/MIME چيست؟ + S/MIME يک سيستم کليد خصوصي/عمومي است که انجام امضای ديجيتالي را ممکن مي‌نمايد. همچنين S/MIME قادر به رمزبندی پيغامها و خصوصي سازی آنها برای فرستندگان و گيرندگان بوده و همچنين قادر به تشخيص تحريفهای صورت گرفته در پيغامها بعد از ارسال آنها، مي‌باشد. + آيا قابليتهای S/MIME فعال شود؟ + اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، شما قادر به وارد کردن کليدهای شخصي S/MIME خود خواهيد بود که به طبع آن شما قادر به خواندن پيغامهای رمز شده، تشخيص امضاهای ديجيتالي فرستندگان و همچنين رمزبندی و امضاء پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود. + + + + S/MIME : کليدهای شخصی + مرور + اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامي را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد، بايد زوج کليد خصوصي/عمومي S/MIME خود را داشته باشيد. + + + + S/MIME : دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی + دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی + اين کليد، گواهيهای تأييد شخصي خود را از يک پرونده با فرمت PKCS#12 دريافت مي‌کند. اين فرمت غالبا توسط مرورگرها و يا برخي از سيستم عاملها ( مانند ويندوز XP ) استفاده مي‌شود. اگر کليدهای موجود در پرونده معتبر باشند، ثبت شده و پنجره بسته مي‌شود در غير اين صورت پيغام خطا مشاهده خواهد شد. + + + + S/MIME : حذف گواهی‌های شخصی + حذف گواهی‌های شخصی + با حذف گواهيهای تأیيد شخصي، شما ديگر قادر به امضای S/MIME پيغامهای خود نخواهيد بود و همچنين هيچ پيغام رمز شده‌ S/MIME را نمي‌توانيد مشاهده کنيد. + + + + S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی + S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی + مديريت فهرست کليد عمومی S/MIME شما + مشاهده + مشاهدهٔ متن کليد عمومی + جزئيات + مشاهدهٔ جزئيات فنی کليد عمومی + حذف + با اين انتخاب، کليد عمومی انتخاب شده از ديسک شما حذف می‌شود. با حذف کليد عمومي يک کاربر، شما قادر به ارسال پيغام رمز شده به آن کاربر نخواهيد بود. + + + + چاپ + چاپ يک پيغام + برای چاپ پيغامي که مشاهده مي‌کنيد بر روی کليد "چاپ"، کليک نمائيد. بسته به نوع مرورگر شما پنجرهٔ چاپ برای شما گشوده خواهد شد. اگر احياناْ اين پنجره باز نشد، از گزینگان پروندهٔ موجود در مرورگر خود برای فعال کردن اين پنجره استفاده کنيد. + + + + مرتب سازی / گروه ‌بندی + مرتب کردن ورودی‌ها + هنگامي که فهرست پيغامها را مشاهده مي‌کنيد، قادر به مرتب کردن پيغامها بر اساس تمام ستونها خواهيد بود. برای اين منظور تنها بايد بر روی عنوان ستون کليک نمايند. همچنين با انجام کليک بر روی علامت فلش کنار هر ستون می‌توان مرتب سازی را از صعودی به نزولي و يا بر عکس، تغيير داد. + نمایش سلسله‌ایی + برای گروه‌بندی پيغامها بر اساس موضوع ( هر پيغام حداقل با پاسخهای مربوط به آن پيغام، گروه بندی مي‌شود)، بايد بر روی پيوند [ساسله‌ایی] که در ستون قرار داد، کليک نماييد. برای از بين بردن اين نحوهٔ نمایش بايد برروی پيوند [موضوع] در ستون موضوع، کليک نماييد. + + + + پيغامهای چندقسمتی/جايگزين + برخي از پيغام‌ها به صورت چند قسمتي/جايگزين ارسال مي‌گردند. اين پيغامها حاوی چند قسمت مي‌باشند که در آنها تمام قسمتها، محتوای يکسان با قالبهای متفاوتي را نمايش مي‌دهند که عموماْ تنها قسمت آخر توسط مرورگر نشان داده مي‌شود ( تفاوت قالب اين قسمتها مثلا در قالب متن و يا قالب HTML پيغام و ... مي‌باشد). + + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : تغيير نام ماهانه پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسال شده + اگر شما مايل به تغيير نام پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسال شده در ابتدای هر ماه مي‌باشيد، بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. در اين صورت اين پوشه به نامي تغيير نام داده خواهد شد که حاوی نام ماه و سال باشد و يک پوشهٔ جديد نامه‌های ارسالي نيز ايجاد خواهد شد. + + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه + اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسالي در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک مورد استفاده خود داشته باشيد، انتخاب اين گزينه مفيد خواهد بود. + + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه - ماه‌های نگهداری + اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي قديمي خود باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی خود را برای قدمت پوشه‌ها تعيين نماييد. بعد از تعيين تعداد ماهها و انتخاب اين گزينه، پوشه‌های قديمي حذف خواهند شد. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه - اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد، مي‌توانيد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. انتخاب اين گزينه چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک در دسترس خود داشته باشيد، مفيد است. + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه + اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد، مي‌توانيد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. انتخاب اين گزينه چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک در دسترس خود داشته باشيد، مفيد است. - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه - ماه‌های نگهداری - اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در هر ماه باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پیوستها را به ماه مشخص نمائيد. در اين صورت پیوستهای که قديمي‌تر از ملاک مشخص شده توسط شما باشند، حذف خواهند شد. + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه - ماه‌های نگهداری + اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در هر ماه باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پیوستها را به ماه مشخص نمائيد. در اين صورت پیوستهای که قديمي‌تر از ملاک مشخص شده توسط شما باشند، حذف خواهند شد. - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : خالی کردن سطل آشغال - آيا مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني مي‌باشيد. + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : خالی کردن سطل آشغال + آيا مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني مي‌باشيد. - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : ترتيب زمانی خالی کردن سطل آشغال - چنانچه مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني باشيد، بايد اين ترتيب زماني را مشخص کنيد. + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : ترتيب زمانی خالی کردن سطل آشغال + چنانچه مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني باشيد، بايد اين ترتيب زماني را مشخص کنيد. - - ترجيحات : نگهداری : مدت زمان نگهداری آشغالها - اگر شما مايل به خالي کردن پوشهٔ آشغال خود هستيد بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پيغامهای موجود در اين پوشه را (به روز) مشخص نمائيد. + + + ترجيحات : نگهداری : مدت زمان نگهداری آشغالها + اگر شما مايل به خالي کردن پوشهٔ آشغال خود هستيد بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پيغامهای موجود در اين پوشه را (به روز) مشخص نمائيد. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - - ترجيحات : ايجاد پيغام : ترکيب‌های خاص - اينجا شما مي‌توانيد عبارتي را که مايل به ظاهر شدن آن قبل از هر متن نقل قول شده در پاسخها مي‌باشيد را، وارد نمائيد. - شما مي‌توانيد از يک يا چند ترکيب خاص در داخل پيغام خود به هنگام ارسال پاسخ استفاده نمائيد. در زير فهرستي از اين ترکيبات را مشاهده مي‌نمائيد: - f% : نام و آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده - a% : آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده - p% : نام فرستنده - r% : فرمت کامل تاريخ و زمان در RFC ۲۸۲۲ - d% : تاريخ در فرمت dd mmm yyyy - x% : زمان در محلّيت جاری - c% : تاريخ و زمان در محلّيت جاری - m% : مشخصه (ID) پيغام - s% : موضوع - n% : خط جديد - %% : نويسه ٪ - - + + + ترجيحات : ايجاد پيغام : ترکيب‌های خاص + اينجا شما مي‌توانيد عبارتي را که مايل به ظاهر شدن آن قبل از هر متن نقل قول شده در پاسخها مي‌باشيد را، وارد نمائيد. + شما مي‌توانيد از يک يا چند ترکيب خاص در داخل پيغام خود به هنگام ارسال پاسخ استفاده نمائيد. در زير فهرستي از اين ترکيبات را مشاهده مي‌نمائيد: + f% : نام و آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده + a% : آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده + p% : نام فرستنده + r% : فرمت کامل تاريخ و زمان در RFC Û²Û¸Û²Û² + d% : تاريخ در فرمت dd mmm yyyy + x% : زمان در محلّيت جاری + c% : تاريخ و زمان در محلّيت جاری + m% : مشخصه (ID) پيغام + s% : موضوع + n% : خط جديد + %% : نويسه Ùª + + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - - ترجيحات : درخواست رسيد مطالعه - انتخاب گزينه "درخواست رسيد مطالعه"، در واقع يک درخواست به گيرندگان پيغام ارسال کرده و از آنها درخواست مي‌کند که به هنگام مطالعه اوليه پيغام، شما را از آن مطلع سازند. بايد توجه نمائيد که تمامي کارسازهای نامه الکترونيکي اين عمل را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند. - - - ترجيحات : ارسال MDN - گزينه "ارسال MDN"، يک تذکّر MDN (حالت پيغام) را به فرستندهٔ پيغام ارسال مي‌کند. اين تذکّر مانند درخواست رسيد مطالعه مي‌باشد که گاهي به طور اتوماتيک ارسال شده و گاهي نيز شما مي‌توانيد ارسال آنرا به صورت دستي ملغي نمائيد. + + + ترجيحات : درخواست رسيد مطالعه + انتخاب گزينه "درخواست رسيد مطالعه"، در واقع يک درخواست به گيرندگان پيغام ارسال کرده و از آنها درخواست مي‌کند که به هنگام مطالعه اوليه پيغام، شما را از آن مطلع سازند. بايد توجه نمائيد که تمامي کارسازهای نامه الکترونيکي اين عمل را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند. - - ترجيحات : درخواست تأييد تحويل - "درخواست تأیيد ارسال"، يک درخواست برای کارساز پست الکترونيکي گيرنده ارسال مي‌نمايد تا فرستنده را از ارسال پيغام به نامه‌دان گيرنده آگاه نمايد. البته دريافت اين رسيد به معني خوانده شدن پيغام توسط گيرنده نيست. برخي از کارسازهای نامهٔ الکترونيکي اين قابليّت را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند. + + + ترجيحات : ارسال MDN + گزينه "ارسال MDN"، يک تذکّر MDN (حالت پيغام) را به فرستندهٔ پيغام ارسال مي‌کند. اين تذکّر مانند درخواست رسيد مطالعه مي‌باشد که گاهي به طور اتوماتيک ارسال شده و گاهي نيز شما مي‌توانيد ارسال آنرا به صورت دستي ملغي نمائيد. + + + + ترجيحات : درخواست تأييد تحويل + "درخواست تأیيد ارسال"، يک درخواست برای کارساز پست الکترونيکي گيرنده ارسال مي‌نمايد تا فرستنده را از ارسال پيغام به نامه‌دان گيرنده آگاه نمايد. البته دريافت اين رسيد به معني خوانده شدن پيغام توسط گيرنده نيست. برخي از کارسازهای نامهٔ الکترونيکي اين قابليّت را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -2265,17 +2457,33 @@ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - - ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير در HTML - آيا هنگامي که يک پيغام را در فرمت HTML مشاهده مي‌نمائيد. تصاوير بلوکه باشند تا شما نمايش آنها را تأیيد کنيد؟ + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + - - ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير درHTML / حضور در کتابچهٔ آدرس - اگر شما تصاوير پيغامهای HTML را بلوکه کرده باشيد، آيا مايل هستيد که اين مسئله برای فرستندگاني که در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما وجود دارند مستثني شود؟ + + + ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير در HTML + آيا هنگامي که يک پيغام را در فرمت HTML مشاهده مي‌نمائيد. تصاوير بلوکه باشند تا شما نمايش آنها را تأیيد کنيد؟ - - ترجيحات : صفحهٔ آغازين نامه‌دان - اين گزينه مشخص مي‌نمايد که کدام صفحه در نامه‌دان شما، هنگامي که برای بار اول به آن دسترسي مي‌يابيد، بايد نمايش داده شود؟ + + + ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير درHTML / حضور در کتابچهٔ آدرس + اگر شما تصاوير پيغامهای HTML را بلوکه کرده باشيد، آيا مايل هستيد که اين مسئله برای فرستندگاني که در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما وجود دارند مستثني شود؟ + + + + ترجيحات : صفحهٔ آغازين نامه‌دان + اين گزينه مشخص مي‌نمايد که کدام صفحه در نامه‌دان شما، هنگامي که برای بار اول به آن دسترسي مي‌يابيد، بايد نمايش داده شود؟ - - ترجيحات : ذخيرهٔ پیوستها پيغامهای ارسالی - اگر شما پيغامهای ايجاد شده خود را در پوشه پيغامهای ارسالي ذخيره مي‌نمائيد، آيا بايد پیوستهای آنها نيز ذخيره شوند؟ انتخابهای زير برای شما وجود دارد: - * "همواره پیوستها ذخيره شوند" – در اين حالت براي ذخيرهٔ پیوست از شما سوال نخواهد شد. - * "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض بله باشد." - * "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض نه باشد." - * "هرگز پیوستها ذخيره نشوند" – در اين حالت از شما سؤالي نشده و پیوستها هرگز ذخيره نمي‌شوند. - - + + + ترجيحات : ذخيرهٔ پیوستها پيغامهای ارسالی + اگر شما پيغامهای ايجاد شده خود را در پوشه پيغامهای ارسالي ذخيره مي‌نمائيد، آيا بايد پیوستهای آنها نيز ذخيره شوند؟ انتخابهای زير برای شما وجود دارد: + * "همواره پیوستها ذخيره شوند" – در اين حالت براي ذخيرهٔ پیوست از شما سوال نخواهد شد. + * "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض بله باشد." + * "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض نه باشد." + * "هرگز پیوستها ذخيره نشوند" – در اين حالت از شما سؤالي نشده و پیوستها هرگز ذخيره نمي‌شوند. + + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/fi_FI/help.xml b/imp/locale/fi_FI/help.xml index 543f9727a..704340ec7 100644 --- a/imp/locale/fi_FI/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/fi_FI/help.xml @@ -1,42 +1,40 @@ - + - - Näppäimistö: Navigointi - Voit käyttää näppäimistöä liikkumiseen eri näkymissä; Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit nuolinäppäimillä siirtyä sivulta toiselle ja viestiä lukiessa voi siirtyä viestistä toiseen. - Viestilista: Näppäimistönavigointi - Voit käyttää näppäimistöä viestien valitsemiseen ja liikkumiseen viestilistassa. Viestilistalla voi liikkua pitämällä pohjassa Control (CTRL)-näppäintä ja kursorinäppäimien ylös- ja alas-näppäimillä. Jos painat ensimmäisenä painalluksena ylös-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan alalaidasta (Listan viimeinen viesti). Jos painat ensimmäisenä alas-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan ylälaidasta (Listan ensimmäinen viesti). - Valittu viesti näkyy korostettua eri värisenä samalla tavalla kuin olisit valinnut viestin hiirellä. Voit välilyöntinäppäimellä valita viestin tai poistaa viestin valinnan ja Return-näppäimellä voit aukaista viestin. + + + Näppäimistö: Navigointi + Voit käyttää näppäimistöä liikkumiseen eri näkymissä; Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit nuolinäppäimillä siirtyä sivulta toiselle ja viestiä lukiessa voi siirtyä viestistä toiseen. + Viestilista: Näppäimistönavigointi + Voit käyttää näppäimistöä viestien valitsemiseen ja liikkumiseen viestilistassa. Viestilistalla voi liikkua pitämällä pohjassa Control (CTRL)-näppäintä ja kursorinäppäimien ylös- ja alas-näppäimillä. Jos painat ensimmäisenä painalluksena ylös-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan alalaidasta (Listan viimeinen viesti). Jos painat ensimmäisenä alas-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan ylälaidasta (Listan ensimmäinen viesti). + Valittu viesti näkyy korostettua eri värisenä samalla tavalla kuin olisit valinnut viestin hiirellä. Voit välilyöntinäppäimellä valita viestin tai poistaa viestin valinnan ja Return-näppäimellä voit aukaista viestin. Viestilista: Edellinen/Seuraava sivu - Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestilistanäkymässä sivulta toiselle: oikealla seuraavalle ja vasemmalla edelliselle sivulle. - Viestinäkymä: Edellinen/Seuraava viesti - Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestiä toiseen: oikealla seuraavaan ja vasemmalle edelliseen viestiin. - - - Sähköpostin uudelleenojaus - Viestin uudelleenohjauksen voi tehdä eri tavoilla - Uudelleenohjaus postilaatikkonäkymässä - Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit uudelleenohjata yhden tai usean viestin kerrallaan samalle vastaanottajalle. Jokainen valitsemasi viesti lähetetään kokonaisena vastaanottajalle. Uudelleenohjattavat viestit näkyvät liitteenä viestin kirjoitus ikkunassa. Viestin vastaanottajat näkevän viestin yhtenä viestinä, johon on sisällytetty alkuperäiset uudelleenohjatut viestit. - Uudelleenohjaus viestinäkymässä - Kun uudelleenohjaat viestin viestinäkymässä, niin voit valita kolmen eri vaihtoehdon välillä: - 1. Viesti kokonaisuudessaan: Tämä vaihtoehto liittää alkuperäisen viestin uudellenohjausviestin liitteeksi. Kirjoituskentässä ei näy laisinkaan alkuperäisen viesin tekstiä. Tämä on muuten sama tilanne kuin uudelleenohjaisit yksittäisen viestin postilaatikkonäkymästä, mutta voit itse määritellä viestin otsikon. - 2. Vain viestin leipäteksti: Jos haluta uudelleenohjata vain viestin leipätekstin, niin valitse tämä vaihtoehto. Alkuperäisen viestin teksti näkyy kirjoituskentässä. Alkuperäisen viestin liitteitä ei liitetä tähän uudelleenohjattavaan viestiin. - 3. Viestin leipäteksti viestin liitteenä: Tämä uudelleenohjaa viestin liitteineen ja viestin leipäteksti kopioidaan kirjoituskentään kuten vaihtoehdossa 2. - - + Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestilistanäkymässä sivulta toiselle: oikealla seuraavalle ja vasemmalla edelliselle sivulle. + Viestinäkymä: Edellinen/Seuraava viesti + Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestiä toiseen: oikealla seuraavaan ja vasemmalle edelliseen viestiin. + + + + + Viestin kirjoitus: Toiminnot Toiminnot - "Lähetä viesti" lähettää viestin vastaanottajille. Muistathan että - viestiä ei voi enää perua kun se on lähetetty matkaan. + "Lähetä viesti" lähettää viestin vastaanottajille. Muistathan että + viestiä ei voi enää perua kun se on lähetetty matkaan. - "Tallenna luonnos" tallettaa keskeneräisen viestin kansioon - "Luonnos". Kansiota voi käsitellä alasvetovalikosta ruudun - oikeasta yläkulmasta. Voit viimeistellä viestisi siirtymällä - "Luonnos" kansioon, valitsemalla sieltä viestin ja painamalla + "Tallenna luonnos" tallettaa keskeneräisen viestin kansioon + "Luonnos". Kansiota voi käsitellä alasvetovalikosta ruudun + oikeasta yläkulmasta. Voit viimeistellä viestisi siirtymällä + "Luonnos" kansioon, valitsemalla sieltä viestin ja painamalla painiketta "Jatka". Muistathan aina laittaa viesteihin kuvaavan - otsikon ennenkuin talletat ne luonnoskansioon. Hyvä otsikko - helpottaa myöhemmin tilannetta kun pitää löytää oikea viesti. + otsikon ennenkuin talletat ne luonnoskansioon. Hyvä otsikko + helpottaa myöhemmin tilannetta kun pitää löytää oikea viesti. Asennuksesta riippuen voit valita asetuksistasi palaatko viimeksi @@ -44,166 +42,175 @@ on talletettu luonnokseksi. - "Peru viesti" hylkää kirjoittamasi viestin ja palauttaa sinut - siihen kansioon mitä olit viimeksi selaillut. + "Peru viesti" hylkää kirjoittamasi viestin ja palauttaa sinut + siihen kansioon mitä olit viimeksi selaillut. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Profiili Profiili - Lähetysprofiili on mahdollista valita alasvetolistasta. Listassa näkyy ne profiilit, jotka olet aikaisemmin määritellyt Asetukset->Omat tiedot. + Lähetysprofiili on mahdollista valita alasvetolistasta. Listassa näkyy ne profiilit, jotka olet aikaisemmin määritellyt Asetukset->Omat tiedot. - - Viestin kirjoitus: Lähettäjä - Lähettäjä - - Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Sinun - on mahdollista valita alasvetovalikosta käytettävä profiili tai - voit kirjoittaa kenttään lähettäjänä näkyvän - sähköpostiosoitteen. Profiileja voit määritellä + + + Viestin kirjoitus: Lähettäjä + Lähettäjä + + Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Sinun + on mahdollista valita alasvetovalikosta käytettävä profiili tai + voit kirjoittaa kenttään lähettäjänä näkyvän + sähköpostiosoitteen. Profiileja voit määritellä Asetukset->Omat tiedot. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Vastaanottaja Vastaanottaja - Kirjoita tähän viestin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Jos - viestillä on useita vastaanottajia, niin erota osoitteet - toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen + Kirjoita tähän viestin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Jos + viestillä on useita vastaanottajia, niin erota osoitteet + toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen ja virheilmoituksen. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Kopio Kopio - Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään kopio - viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään kopio usealle - vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä - tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen + Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään kopio + viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään kopio usealle + vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä + tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen ja virheilmoituksen. - Kopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät ole + Kopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät ole viestin suoranaisia vastaanottajia, mutta voivat tarvita tai olla - kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Muistathan että - vastaanottaja näkee kaikki ne osoitteet, jotka ovat viestin - vastaanottajina tai joille viestistä on lähetetty kopio. + kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Muistathan että + vastaanottaja näkee kaikki ne osoitteet, jotka ovat viestin + vastaanottajina tai joille viestistä on lähetetty kopio. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Piilokopio Piilo - Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään piilokopio - viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään piilokopio usealle - vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä - tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen + Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään piilokopio + viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään piilokopio usealle + vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä + tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen ja virheilmoituksen. - Piilokopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät + Piilokopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät ole viestin suoranaisia vastaanottajia, mutta voivat tarvita tai - olla kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Viestin - varsinaiset vastaanottajat eivät näe kenelle viesti on mennyt - piilokopioina. Vain viestin lähettäjä tietää kenelle kaikille - viesti on lähetetty. + olla kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Viestin + varsinaiset vastaanottajat eivät näe kenelle viesti on mennyt + piilokopioina. Vain viestin lähettäjä tietää kenelle kaikille + viesti on lähetetty. - + + Viestin kirjotus: Otsikko Otsikko - Kirjoita tähän viestin otsikko. Viestin otsikko on parasta pitää - lyhyenä ja yksinkertaisena mutta kuitenkin kuvaavana. Otsikko voi - auttaa oikean viestin löytämisessä ja myös muistuttaa sinua mistä - viestissä oli kyse. + Kirjoita tähän viestin otsikko. Viestin otsikko on parasta pitää + lyhyenä ja yksinkertaisena mutta kuitenkin kuvaavana. Otsikko voi + auttaa oikean viestin löytämisessä ja myös muistuttaa sinua mistä + viestissä oli kyse. - Muista myös että viestin "Vastaa" tai "Välitä eteenpäin" - toiminnoissa viestin otsikko kopioidaan uuteen viestiin siten että - viesteistä näkee mitkä kuuluvat samaan "säikeeseen". Jos viestin - aihe muuttuu alkuperäisesti otsikosta, niin kannattanee vaihtaa - myös viestin otsikkoa. + Muista myös että viestin "Vastaa" tai "Välitä eteenpäin" + toiminnoissa viestin otsikko kopioidaan uuteen viestiin siten että + viesteistä näkee mitkä kuuluvat samaan "säikeeseen". Jos viestin + aihe muuttuu alkuperäisesti otsikosta, niin kannattanee vaihtaa + myös viestin otsikkoa. - - Viestin kirjoitus: Merkistö - Merkistö - Voit listasta valita lähetyksessä käytettävän merkistön. + + + Viestin kirjoitus: Merkistö + Merkistö + Voit listasta valita lähetyksessä käytettävän merkistön. - - Viestin kirjoitus: Lisätoiminnot - Lisätoiminnot + + + Viestin kirjoitus: Lisätoiminnot + Lisätoiminnot - Nämä lisätoiminnot ovat apuna viestien kirjoittamiseen. + Nämä lisätoiminnot ovat apuna viestien kirjoittamiseen. Napsauta "Oikeinkirjoitus" tarkistaaksesi viestin oikeinkirjoituksen. - Napsauta "Liitteet" mennäksesi viestisivun loppuun, jossa voit liittää viestiin liitetiedostoja. + Napsauta "Liitteet" mennäksesi viestisivun loppuun, jossa voit liittää viestiin liitetiedostoja. - Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Voit - tallettaa viestistä kopion lähtevien viestien kansioon tai - valitsemaasi kansioon. Lähtevien viestin kansion voi määritellä - "Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit". Jos ylläpitäjä on + Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Voit + tallettaa viestistä kopion lähtevien viestien kansioon tai + valitsemaasi kansioon. Lähtevien viestin kansion voi määritellä + "Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit". Jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut toiminnon, niin voit valita talletuskansion alasvetovalikosta. - Voi olla ihan hyvä tapa tallettaa kopio tärkeäksi katsomistasi - viesteitä. On myös mahdollista laittaa päälle asetus, jolla - talletat kopioin kaikista lähtevistä viesteistä + Voi olla ihan hyvä tapa tallettaa kopio tärkeäksi katsomistasi + viesteitä. On myös mahdollista laittaa päälle asetus, jolla + talletat kopioin kaikista lähtevistä viesteistä "Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit->Muokkaa - profilia". Asetuksista voit myös määritellä ylläpitotoimenpiteitä, - joilla voit nimetä nämä kansiot uudestaan tietyin väliajoin. + profilia". Asetuksista voit myös määritellä ylläpitotoimenpiteitä, + joilla voit nimetä nämä kansiot uudestaan tietyin väliajoin. - Sinun ei kannata tallettaa kaikkia viestejä, koska talletetut - viestit vievät tilaa ja postikiintiötä. Jos sinulla on paljon talletettuja viestejä ja niissä on isoja liitetiedostoja, niin postikiintiösi voi täyttyä hyvinkin nopeasti. Jos postikiintiösi on - täynnä, niin et voi vastaanottaa uusia viestejä. + Sinun ei kannata tallettaa kaikkia viestejä, koska talletetut + viestit vievät tilaa ja postikiintiötä. Jos sinulla on paljon talletettuja viestejä ja niissä on isoja liitetiedostoja, niin postikiintiösi voi täyttyä hyvinkin nopeasti. Jos postikiintiösi on + täynnä, niin et voi vastaanottaa uusia viestejä. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Liitteet Liitteet - Tässä osiossa on lista liitetyistä liitetiedostoista. + Tässä osiossa on lista liitetyistä liitetiedostoista. Poista liitetty liitetiedosto Poistaaksesi liitetyn liitetiedoston: - Askel 1: Valitse poistettava liitetiedosto käyttäen valintalaatikkoa. + Askel 1: Valitse poistettava liitetiedosto käyttäen valintalaatikkoa. - Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". + Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Liitetavan muutos Muuttaaksesi liitteen liitetapaa: - Askel 1: Muuta liitteen tyyppiä haluttuun muotoon joko "viestin - yhteydessä" tai "liite". + Askel 1: Muuta liitteen tyyppiä haluttuun muotoon joko "viestin + yhteydessä" tai "liite". - Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". + Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Muuta liitteen kuvausta - Muuttaaksesi liitteen kuvausta (kuvaava teksti, joka näkyy viestin vastaanottajalle): + Muuttaaksesi liitteen kuvausta (kuvaava teksti, joka näkyy viestin vastaanottajalle): - Askel 1: Kirjoita kuvaus kuvauskenttään. + Askel 1: Kirjoita kuvaus kuvauskenttään. - Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Tiedot päivitetään automaattisesti kun viesti lähetetään. + Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Tiedot päivitetään automaattisesti kun viesti lähetetään. - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -279,782 +305,840 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Prioriteetti Prioriteetti - Tämä asettaa lähtevän viestin "X-Priority" - -otsakkeen. "X-Priority" -otsakkeen käytöstä ei ole varsinaista + Tämä asettaa lähtevän viestin "X-Priority" + -otsakkeen. "X-Priority" -otsakkeen käytöstä ei ole varsinaista standardia, mutta ainakin Netscape, Mozilla, Opera ja Outlook - käyttävät tätä kenttää. Jos ohjelma ei tue otsaketta, niin ne vain - jättävät sen huomiotta. + käyttävät tätä kenttää. Jos ohjelma ei tue otsaketta, niin ne vain + jättävät sen huomiotta. - + + Viestin kirjoitus: Liitteiden talletus Voit valita talletetaanko liite viestin mukana kun viesti - talletetaan lähtevien viestien kansioon. Jos valitset "Kyllä", + talletetaan lähtevien viestien kansioon. Jos valitset "Kyllä", niin liiteet talletetaan. Jos valitset "Ei", niin liitetiedosto - poistetaan viestistä ennenkuin se talletaan lähtevien viestien - kansioon. Valitsemalla "Ei" säästät levytilaa ja voit tallettaa - useampia viestejä. + poistetaan viestistä ennenkuin se talletaan lähtevien viestien + kansioon. Valitsemalla "Ei" säästät levytilaa ja voit tallettaa + useampia viestejä. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Viestihaku - Haun kriteerit - - Voit etsiä viestejä kansioistasi antamiesi kriteerien perusteella. - - - Askel 1: Kirjoita etsittävä teksti, jonka haluat lisättävän - hakukriteereihisi. - - - Askel 2: Valitse viestin viestin tilatiedot, jotka haluat - lisättävän hakukriteereihisi. - - - Askel 3: Valitse kansiot, joista viestejä etsitään. - - - Askel 4: Napsauta "Hae". - - - Jos jokin viesti vastasi hakukriteereitäsi, niin näiden viestin - otsikot näkyvät "Haun tulokset" näkymässä. - - - + + Kansioiden hallinta: Toiminnot Kansiotoiminnot - Voit valita kansion käyttämällä radiopainikkeita vasemmassa + Voit valita kansion käyttämällä radiopainikkeita vasemmassa sarakkeessa. Kun olet valinnut kansiot, niin valitse kansiolle - tehtävä toiminto alasvetovalikosta. + tehtävä toiminto alasvetovalikosta. - Riippuen toiminnosta, sinulta voidaan kysyä vielä - lisätietoja. Ole erittäin varovainen Poista toiminnon - kanssa. Jos poistat kansion, niin poistat myös kaikki kansiossa + Riippuen toiminnosta, sinulta voidaan kysyä vielä + lisätietoja. Ole erittäin varovainen Poista toiminnon + kanssa. Jos poistat kansion, niin poistat myös kaikki kansiossa olevat viestit. - Tuo viestejä + Tuo viestejä - Tällä toiminnolla voit tuoda viestejä mbox tai .eml tiedostoista + Tällä toiminnolla voit tuoda viestejä mbox tai .eml tiedostoista valitsemaasi kansioon. Valitse ensin yksi kansio, johon viestit - tuodaan ja valitse sitten tämä toiminto. Sen jälkeen tulet - sivulle, jossa kysytään tuotko viestejä mbox vai .elm + tuodaan ja valitse sitten tämä toiminto. Sen jälkeen tulet + sivulle, jossa kysytään tuotko viestejä mbox vai .elm tiedostosta. - - Suodattimet: Käyttö - Suodatinsääntöjen käyttö + + + Suodattimet: Käyttö + Suodatinsääntöjen käyttö - Napsauta "Suodata viestit" -ikonia INBOX nimen vieressä - postikansionäkymässä suodattaaksesi viestit määrittelemiesi - suodatussääntöjen mukaan. + Napsauta "Suodata viestit" -ikonia INBOX nimen vieressä + postikansionäkymässä suodattaaksesi viestit määrittelemiesi + suodatussääntöjen mukaan. - - Suodattimet: Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjä - Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjäsi + + + Suodattimet: Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjä + Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjäsi - Napsauta "Muokkaa suodattimia" päästäksesi sivulle, jossa voit - lisätä, poistaa ja muokata käytössä olevia suodatinsääntöjä. + Napsauta "Muokkaa suodattimia" päästäksesi sivulle, jossa voit + lisätä, poistaa ja muokata käytössä olevia suodatinsääntöjä. - + + Suodattimet: Muokkaa mustaa listaa Muokkaa mustaa listaa - Napsauta "Muokkaa mustaa listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa voit - lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä sähköpostiosoitteista, - joista et ota vastaan sähköpostia. + Napsauta "Muokkaa mustaa listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa voit + lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä sähköpostiosoitteista, + joista et ota vastaan sähköpostia. - + + Suodattimet: Muokkaa sallittujen listaa Muokkaa sallittujen listaa - Napsauta "Muokkaa sallittujen listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa - voit lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä - sähköpostiosoitteista, joista otat AINA vastaan sähköpostia. + Napsauta "Muokkaa sallittujen listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa + voit lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä + sähköpostiosoitteista, joista otat AINA vastaan sähköpostia. - - Suodattimet: Suodatus sisäänkirjautuessa - Suodata viestit sisäänkirjautumisen yhteydessä. + + + Suodattimet: Suodatus sisäänkirjautuessa + Suodata viestit sisäänkirjautumisen yhteydessä. - Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun - kirjaudut sisään IMP-ohjelmaan. + Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun + kirjaudut sisään IMP-ohjelmaan. - - Suodattimet: Suodata päivityksen yhteydessä - Suodata viestit kun INBOX postikansioa päivitetään. + + + Suodattimet: Suodata päivityksen yhteydessä + Suodata viestit kun INBOX postikansioa päivitetään. - Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun - INBOX:a päivitetään. + Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun + INBOX:a päivitetään. - - Suodattimet: Suodata mitä tahansa postikansioa - Käytä suodattimia mihin kansioon tahansa. + + + Suodattimet: Suodata mitä tahansa postikansioa + Käytä suodattimia mihin kansioon tahansa. - Käytä tätä asetusta jos haluat käyttää suodattimia mihin kansioon - tahansa. Yleensä suodattimia käytetään vain niihin kansioihin, - joihin tulee uusia viestejä kuten INBOX. Jos tämä asetus on + Käytä tätä asetusta jos haluat käyttää suodattimia mihin kansioon + tahansa. Yleensä suodattimia käytetään vain niihin kansioihin, + joihin tulee uusia viestejä kuten INBOX. Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin "Suodata viestit" -ikoni tulee kaikkien kansioiden - kansionäkymiin ja voit käyttää näissäkin kansioissa - määrittelemiäsi suodattimia. HUOMIO: Suodattimien käyttö muissa + kansionäkymiin ja voit käyttää näissäkin kansioissa + määrittelemiäsi suodattimia. HUOMIO: Suodattimien käyttö muissa kuin INBOX kansiossa voi aiheuttaa omituisia lopputuloksia - (esimerkiksi: suodatin voi aiheuttaa sen että viestejä kopioidaan + (esimerkiksi: suodatin voi aiheuttaa sen että viestejä kopioidaan samasta kansiosta samaan kansioon) tai ei-toivottuja lopputuloksia - (esimerkiksi: viestejä voi siirtyä tai kadota, jos uusia - suodattimia on tullut käytöön sen jälkeen kun viestit on + (esimerkiksi: viestejä voi siirtyä tai kadota, jos uusia + suodattimia on tullut käytöön sen jälkeen kun viestit on talletettu kansioon). - - PGP: Liitä julkinen avain - Liitä julkinen avain + + + PGP: Liitä julkinen avain + Liitä julkinen avain - Jos tämä toiminto on valittuna ja jos sinulla on julkinen - PGP-avain, niin se liitetään lähteviin viesteihin. Voit asettaa - oletustoiminnon PGP Asetukset näkymästä. + Jos tämä toiminto on valittuna ja jos sinulla on julkinen + PGP-avain, niin se liitetään lähteviin viesteihin. Voit asettaa + oletustoiminnon PGP Asetukset näkymästä. - + + PGP: Etsi viestien viestiosasta Etsi viestien viestiosasta - Jos tämä on valittuna, niin IMP etsii viestin viestiosasta - PGP-tietoja ja näyttää tulokset jos jotain tietoja - löytyi. Huomioithan että tämä toiminto voi huomattavasti hidastaa - koko järjestelmän toimintaa, koska jokainen viesti joudutaan - käymään kokonaan lävitse. + Jos tämä on valittuna, niin IMP etsii viestin viestiosasta + PGP-tietoja ja näyttää tulokset jos jotain tietoja + löytyi. Huomioithan että tämä toiminto voi huomattavasti hidastaa + koko järjestelmän toimintaa, koska jokainen viesti joudutaan + käymään kokonaan lävitse. + + + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. - + + Kirjoitus: Salausasetukset Ei salausta - Lähetä viesti ilman salausta (selväkielisenä). + Lähetä viesti ilman salausta (selväkielisenä). PGP-salattu viesti - Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen + Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista avainta. PGP-salatun - viestin voi lähettää vain ja ainoastaan yhdelle - vastaanottajalle. Sinulla pitää olla vastaanottajan julkinen avain - talletettuna osoitekirjaan tai et voi lähettää salattua - viestiä. Jos viestin lähetys ei onnistu sittenkään ja saat - virheilmoituksen, niin tarkista että julkisessa avaimessa oleva - sähköpostiosoite on sama kuin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Kun - salaus on onnistunut, niin salattu tieto liitetään lähtevään + viestin voi lähettää vain ja ainoastaan yhdelle + vastaanottajalle. Sinulla pitää olla vastaanottajan julkinen avain + talletettuna osoitekirjaan tai et voi lähettää salattua + viestiä. Jos viestin lähetys ei onnistu sittenkään ja saat + virheilmoituksen, niin tarkista että julkisessa avaimessa oleva + sähköpostiosoite on sama kuin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Kun + salaus on onnistunut, niin salattu tieto liitetään lähtevään viestiin. PGP-allekirjoita viesti - Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän - viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista - avainta. Jos et ole jo antanut salasanatekstiäsi, niin aukeaa - erillinen ikkuna jossa sinua pyydetään antamaan - salasanatekstisi. Vastaanottajalla pitää olla talletettuna sinun - julkinen avaimesi, jotta hän voi tarkistaa viestisi eheyden. + Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän + viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista + avainta. Jos et ole jo antanut salasanatekstiäsi, niin aukeaa + erillinen ikkuna jossa sinua pyydetään antamaan + salasanatekstisi. Vastaanottajalla pitää olla talletettuna sinun + julkinen avaimesi, jotta hän voi tarkistaa viestisi eheyden. PGP-salaa ja allekirjoita viesti - Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "PGP-salattu viesti" ja "PGP-allekirjoita viesti". + Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "PGP-salattu viesti" ja "PGP-allekirjoita viesti". S/MIME-salaa viesti - Tämän toiminto salaa viestin käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa, vastaanottajan varmennetta ja sitten lähettää sen. Vastaanottajan varmenne pitää olla tallettettuna osoitekirjaan tai muuten tätä toimintoa ei voi käyttää. Jos varmenne on tallettu osoitekirjaan ja silti käytössä tulee virheitä, niin tarkasta ensin, että vastaanottajan osoite on sama kuin mikä on tallettu osoitekirjaan. Salattu viesti lähetetään liitetiedostona. + Tämän toiminto salaa viestin käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa, vastaanottajan varmennetta ja sitten lähettää sen. Vastaanottajan varmenne pitää olla tallettettuna osoitekirjaan tai muuten tätä toimintoa ei voi käyttää. Jos varmenne on tallettu osoitekirjaan ja silti käytössä tulee virheitä, niin tarkasta ensin, että vastaanottajan osoite on sama kuin mikä on tallettu osoitekirjaan. Salattu viesti lähetetään liitetiedostona. S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti - Tämän toiminto allekirjoittaa viestin sähköisesti käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa ja omaa varmennettasi. Jos et ole istunnon aikana antanut varmenteesi salasanatekstiä, niin sitä tullaan kysymään ennen viestin lähetystä. + Tämän toiminto allekirjoittaa viestin sähköisesti käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa ja omaa varmennettasi. Jos et ole istunnon aikana antanut varmenteesi salasanatekstiä, niin sitä tullaan kysymään ennen viestin lähetystä. S/MIME-salaa ja allekirjoita viesti - Tämä toiminto ensin sähköisesti allekirjoittaa viestin ja sitten salaa viestin. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "S/MIME-salaa viesti" ja "S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti". + Tämä toiminto ensin sähköisesti allekirjoittaa viestin ja sitten salaa viestin. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "S/MIME-salaa viesti" ja "S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti". - + + PGP: Yleiskuva - Mikä on PGP? + Mikä on PGP? PGP on ohjelma, joka on kehitetty turvaamaan tiedonsiirtoa - esimerkiksi sähköpostissa ja tiedon turvallista - talletusta. Ohjelmaa voidaan käyttää salaamaan tietoa ja sillä voi - tehdä sähköisiä allekirjoituksia. IMP käyttää GnuPG (Gnu Privacy - Guard) ohjelmaa tähän tarkoitukseen. + esimerkiksi sähköpostissa ja tiedon turvallista + talletusta. Ohjelmaa voidaan käyttää salaamaan tietoa ja sillä voi + tehdä sähköisiä allekirjoituksia. IMP käyttää GnuPG (Gnu Privacy + Guard) ohjelmaa tähän tarkoitukseen. - Käytä PGP-toimitoa. + Käytä PGP-toimitoa. - Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit luoda tai katsoa - henkilökohtaisia PGP-avaimia, poistaa tai lisätä osoitekirjaan - toisten käyttäjien julkisia avaimia, lukea salattua sähköpostia, - tarkistaa sähköpostin sähköisen allekirjoituksen, lähettää - salattua sähköpostia tai sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän - sähköpostin. + Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit luoda tai katsoa + henkilökohtaisia PGP-avaimia, poistaa tai lisätä osoitekirjaan + toisten käyttäjien julkisia avaimia, lukea salattua sähköpostia, + tarkistaa sähköpostin sähköisen allekirjoituksen, lähettää + salattua sähköpostia tai sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän + sähköpostin. - - PGP: Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain - Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain + + + PGP: Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain + Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain - Jos tämä asetus on valittuna ja jos sinulla on olemassa julkinen - PGP-avain, niin se liitetään oletuksena kaikkiin lähteviin + Jos tämä asetus on valittuna ja jos sinulla on olemassa julkinen + PGP-avain, niin se liitetään oletuksena kaikkiin lähteviin viesteihin. - + + PGP: Julkisen avaimen hallinta Yleiskuva - Listaa osoitekirjastasi kaikki ne käyttäjät, joiden julkinen - PGP-avain on talletettuna osoitekirjaasi. Nämä käyttäjät - muodostavat joukon, jolle voit lähettää salattua sähköpostia tai - tarkistaa heidän lähettämänsä sähköisesti allekirjoitetun - sähköpostin allekirjoituksen. + Listaa osoitekirjastasi kaikki ne käyttäjät, joiden julkinen + PGP-avain on talletettuna osoitekirjaasi. Nämä käyttäjät + muodostavat joukon, jolle voit lähettää salattua sähköpostia tai + tarkistaa heidän lähettämänsä sähköisesti allekirjoitetun + sähköpostin allekirjoituksen. - Näytä + Näytä - Näyttää julkisen PGP-avaimen erillisessä ikkunassa. + Näyttää julkisen PGP-avaimen erillisessä ikkunassa. Tarkemmat tiedot - Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimesta. + Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimesta. Poista Poistaa julkisen avaimen osoitekirjastasi. - + + PGP: Julkisen avaimen hallinta - Tuonti Tuo julkisia avaimia - Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda julkisen - PGP-avaimen. Voit kopioida ja liittää avaimen tekstikenttään tai + Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda julkisen + PGP-avaimen. Voit kopioida ja liittää avaimen tekstikenttään tai jos sinulla on avaintiedostoja paikallisella tietokoneella, niin - voit tuoda sen suoraan. Jos avain on kelvollinen, niin se lisätään + voit tuoda sen suoraan. Jos avain on kelvollinen, niin se lisätään osoitekirjaasi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avain ei ollut - kelvollinen, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään - mikä avaimessa oli vikana. + kelvollinen, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään + mikä avaimessa oli vikana. - - PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta + + + PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta Yleiskuva - Jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa tai vastaanottaa salattuja - sähköpostiviestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla oma henkilökohtainen + Jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa tai vastaanottaa salattuja + sähköpostiviestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla oma henkilökohtainen julkinen/salainen PGP-avainpari. Julkinen avaimesi Julkinen avaimesi tulee olla saatavilla kaikille niille - henkilöille, joiden kanssa haluat kommunikoida salatusti siten - että vain SINÄ voit avata sinulle tulleet viestit. Lisäksi sinun - tulee laittaa avain saataville siten että ne, joille lähetät - sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja viestejä voivat tarkistaa + henkilöille, joiden kanssa haluat kommunikoida salatusti siten + että vain SINÄ voit avata sinulle tulleet viestit. Lisäksi sinun + tulee laittaa avain saataville siten että ne, joille lähetät + sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja viestejä voivat tarkistaa allekirjoituksesi. Salainen avaimesi - Salainen avain tarvitaan siihen että voisit purkaa sellaisen - viestin, joka on salattu käyttäen julkista avainta. Lisäksi - salaista avainta tarvitaan, jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa - sähköpostiviestejä. Salainen avaimesi on suojattu niihin luonnin - yhteydessä liitetyllä salasanatekstillä. Jos haluat käyttää - sellaisia toimintoja, jotka käyttävät salaista avaintasi, niin - silloin IMP kysyy sinulta tätä salasanateksti. Sinun ei tarvitse + Salainen avain tarvitaan siihen että voisit purkaa sellaisen + viestin, joka on salattu käyttäen julkista avainta. Lisäksi + salaista avainta tarvitaan, jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa + sähköpostiviestejä. Salainen avaimesi on suojattu niihin luonnin + yhteydessä liitetyllä salasanatekstillä. Jos haluat käyttää + sellaisia toimintoja, jotka käyttävät salaista avaintasi, niin + silloin IMP kysyy sinulta tätä salasanateksti. Sinun ei tarvitse kirjoittaa salasanateksti kuin kerran yhden istunnon aikana - IMP muistaa annetun salasanatekstin siihen saakka kunnes kirjaudut ulos (Muista siis aina kirjautua ulos!). - - PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Julkinen avain - Näytä + + + PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Julkinen avain + Näytä - Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy sinun julkinen PGP-avain. + Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy sinun julkinen PGP-avain. Tarkemmat tiedot - Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimestasi. + Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimestasi. - - PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Salainen avain + + + PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Salainen avain Anna salasanateksti - Avaa erillisen ikkunan, jossa kysytään salasanatekstiä. Jos annat oikean salasanatekstin, niin IMP tallettaa tämän tiedon ja se on voimassa istunnon päättymiseen saakka. + Avaa erillisen ikkunan, jossa kysytään salasanatekstiä. Jos annat oikean salasanatekstin, niin IMP tallettaa tämän tiedon ja se on voimassa istunnon päättymiseen saakka. Poista salasanateksti - Poistaa IMP-ohjelman muistista talletetun salasanateksti - tämän - jälkeen jos salaista avainta tarvitaan johonkin toimintoon, niin - se kysytään sinulta uudestaan. + Poistaa IMP-ohjelman muistista talletetun salasanateksti - tämän + jälkeen jos salaista avainta tarvitaan johonkin toimintoon, niin + se kysytään sinulta uudestaan. - Näytä + Näytä - Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy salainen PGP-avaimesi. ÄLÄ KOSKAAN - LÄHETÄ TÄTÄ AVAINTA KENELLEKKÄÄN - tämä toiminto on vain sitä - varten että voit viedä ja käyttää avainta jossakin toisessa + Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy salainen PGP-avaimesi. ÄLÄ KOSKAAN + LÄHETÄ TÄTÄ AVAINTA KENELLEKKÄÄN - tämä toiminto on vain sitä + varten että voit viedä ja käyttää avainta jossakin toisessa ohjelmassa. Tarkemmat tiedot - Näyttää tarkempia tietoja salaisesta PGP-avaimestasi. + Näyttää tarkempia tietoja salaisesta PGP-avaimestasi. - - PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Poista - Poista henkilökohtaiset avaimet + + + PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Poista + Poista henkilökohtaiset avaimet - Napauttamalla tätä painiketta voit poistaa julkinen/salainen + Napauttamalla tätä painiketta voit poistaa julkinen/salainen PGP-avainparisi IMP-ohjelman asetuksista. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Nimi + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Nimi Nimi - Nimi, jonka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin - avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä. + Nimi, jonka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin + avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Kommentti + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Kommentti Kommentti - Kommentti, joka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin - avaimiisi. Vapaaehtoinen kenttä. + Kommentti, joka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin + avaimiisi. Vapaaehtoinen kenttä. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Sähköpostiosoite - Sähköpostiosoite + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Sähköpostiosoite + Sähköpostiosoite - Sähköpostiosoite, jonka haluat liittää henkilökohtaisiin - avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä. + Sähköpostiosoite, jonka haluat liittää henkilökohtaisiin + avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Avaimen pituus + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Avaimen pituus Avaimen pituus - Sinulle luotavan avaimen pituus tavuina. Mitä suurempi arvo, niin - sen suurempi suoja, mutta myös suurempi luontiaika ja salaukseen - käytetty aika). 1024 on oletusarvo - tämä on enemmän kuin riittävä - avainpituus ja tarjoaa hyvän suojan. + Sinulle luotavan avaimen pituus tavuina. Mitä suurempi arvo, niin + sen suurempi suoja, mutta myös suurempi luontiaika ja salaukseen + käytetty aika). 1024 on oletusarvo - tämä on enemmän kuin riittävä + avainpituus ja tarjoaa hyvän suojan. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Salasanateksti + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Salasanateksti Salasanateksti - Salasanateksti käytetään suojaamaan ja salaamaan henkilökohtaiset - avaimesi. Tämä pitää olla VÄHINTÄÄN 6 merkkiä pitkä, EI SAA olla - sama kuin mihinkään palveluun käyttämäsi salasana, ei tulisi olla - sanakirjasta löytyvä sana ja tulisi sisältää sekä numeroita että - kirjaimia. Varmuuden vuoksi sinun pitää kirjoittaa salasanateksti - kahteen kertaan. Pakollinen kenttä. + Salasanateksti käytetään suojaamaan ja salaamaan henkilökohtaiset + avaimesi. Tämä pitää olla VÄHINTÄÄN 6 merkkiä pitkä, EI SAA olla + sama kuin mihinkään palveluun käyttämäsi salasana, ei tulisi olla + sanakirjasta löytyvä sana ja tulisi sisältää sekä numeroita että + kirjaimia. Varmuuden vuoksi sinun pitää kirjoittaa salasanateksti + kahteen kertaan. Pakollinen kenttä. - - PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Toiminnot + + + PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Toiminnot Luo avaimet - Luo ja tallettaa henkilökohtaisen julkinen/salainen avainparin. + Luo ja tallettaa henkilökohtaisen julkinen/salainen avainparin. Tuo avainpari - Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda - julkisen/salaisen avainparin. Voit kopioida ja liittää - PGP-avainparin tekstikenttään tai jos sinulla on avaimet + Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda + julkisen/salaisen avainparin. Voit kopioida ja liittää + PGP-avainparin tekstikenttään tai jos sinulla on avaimet tiedostoina paikallisella tietokoneella, niin voit tuoda ne - suoraan. Jos avaimet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään - asetuksiisi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet - kelvollisia, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään - mikä avaimissa oli vikana. + suoraan. Jos avaimet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään + asetuksiisi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet + kelvollisia, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään + mikä avaimissa oli vikana. - + + S/MIME: Yleiskuva - Mikä on S/MIME? + Mikä on S/MIME? S/MIME on julkiseen ja salaiseen avaimeen perustuva avoin ja - yhteensopiva järjestelmä, jonka avulla voi muodostaa sähköisiä + yhteensopiva järjestelmä, jonka avulla voi muodostaa sähköisiä allekirjoituksia, salata viesti ja suojata viestin eheys. S/MIME - avulla voit salata viestit siten että vain viestin lähettäjä ja - vastaanottaja voi sen lukea. Voit myös sähköisesti allekirjoittaa - viestin, jolloin vastaanottaja voi tarkistaa että viesti on tullut - juuri sinulta ja sitä ei ole muutettu matkalla. Yhdistämällä - salaus ja sähköinen allekirjoitus voidaan taata viestin eheys ja - se että kukaan muu kuin vastaanottaja ei pääse lukemaan viestiä. + avulla voit salata viestit siten että vain viestin lähettäjä ja + vastaanottaja voi sen lukea. Voit myös sähköisesti allekirjoittaa + viestin, jolloin vastaanottaja voi tarkistaa että viesti on tullut + juuri sinulta ja sitä ei ole muutettu matkalla. Yhdistämällä + salaus ja sähköinen allekirjoitus voidaan taata viestin eheys ja + se että kukaan muu kuin vastaanottaja ei pääse lukemaan viestiä. - Käytä S/MIME-toimintoa + Käytä S/MIME-toimintoa - Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit tuoda ohjelmaan - henkilökohtaiset S/MIME-avaimet, lukea salattuja viestejä, - tarkistaa sähköisiä allekirjoituksia ja voit kirjoittaa ja - lähettää sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja salattuja viestejä. + Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit tuoda ohjelmaan + henkilökohtaiset S/MIME-avaimet, lukea salattuja viestejä, + tarkistaa sähköisiä allekirjoituksia ja voit kirjoittaa ja + lähettää sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja salattuja viestejä. - - S/MIME: Henkilökohtaiset avaimet + + + S/MIME: Henkilökohtaiset avaimet Yleiskuva - Jos haluat lisätä viesteihin sähköisen allekirjoituksen tai salata - viestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla julkinen/salainen + Jos haluat lisätä viesteihin sähköisen allekirjoituksen tai salata + viestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla julkinen/salainen S/MIME-avainpari. - - S/MIME: Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet - Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet + + + S/MIME: Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet + Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet - Voit henkilökohtaiset varmenteesti, jos ne ovat PKCS #12 - muodossa. PKCS #12 muotoa käytetään yleisesti avainten viennissä + Voit henkilökohtaiset varmenteesti, jos ne ovat PKCS #12 + muodossa. PKCS #12 muotoa käytetään yleisesti avainten viennissä esimerkiksi selaimista (esim. Internet Explorer, Firefox) tai jos - avaimet halutaan viedä käyttöjärjestelmästä (esim. Windows - XP). Jos avainmet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään asetuksiisi - ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet kelvollisia, niin - näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään mikä avaimissa oli + avaimet halutaan viedä käyttöjärjestelmästä (esim. Windows + XP). Jos avainmet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään asetuksiisi + ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet kelvollisia, niin + näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään mikä avaimissa oli vikana. - - S/MIME: Poista henkilökohtainen varmanne - Poista henkilökohtainen varmenne + + + S/MIME: Poista henkilökohtainen varmanne + Poista henkilökohtainen varmenne - Poistaa henkilökohtaisen varmenteen asetuksistasi. Tämän jälkeen et voi enää S/MIME-allekirjoittaa viestejä tai lukea sinulle osoitettuja S/MIME-salattuja viestejä. + Poistaa henkilökohtaisen varmenteen asetuksistasi. Tämän jälkeen et voi enää S/MIME-allekirjoittaa viestejä tai lukea sinulle osoitettuja S/MIME-salattuja viestejä. - + + S/MIME: Julkisten avaimien hallinta S/MIME: Julkisten avaimien hallinta Voit hallinnoida julkisten S/MIME-avainten listaa. - Näytä + Näytä - Näyttää julkisen avaimen raakatekstiversiona. + Näyttää julkisen avaimen raakatekstiversiona. Tarkemmat tiedot - Näyttää julkisen avaimen tarkemmat tekniset tiedot. + Näyttää julkisen avaimen tarkemmat tekniset tiedot. Poista - Poistaa valitun julkisen avaimen. Kun poistat jonkun käyttäjän - julkisen avaimen, niin et voi enää lähettää hänelle salattuja - viestejä. + Poistaa valitun julkisen avaimen. Kun poistat jonkun käyttäjän + julkisen avaimen, niin et voi enää lähettää hänelle salattuja + viestejä. - + + Tulostus Tulosta viesti Tulostaaksesi katselemasi viestin, napsauta viestin alussa tai - lopussa olevaa "Tulosta" -linkkiä. Viesti aukeaa uuteen ikkunaan - tulostettavassa muodossa. Riippuen käytetystä selaimesta ja - käyttöjärjestelmästä, niin sinulle pitäisi aueta + lopussa olevaa "Tulosta" -linkkiä. Viesti aukeaa uuteen ikkunaan + tulostettavassa muodossa. Riippuen käytetystä selaimesta ja + käyttöjärjestelmästä, niin sinulle pitäisi aueta tulostusdialogi. Jos dialogia ei tule, niin valitse selaimen "Tiedosto" -alasvetovalikosta toiminto "Tulosta". - - Lajittelu ja säikeet + + + Lajittelu ja säikeet Lajittelu - Voit järjestää viestit eri sarakkeiden mukaan napauttamalla + Voit järjestää viestit eri sarakkeiden mukaan napauttamalla sarakkeen otsikkoa. Voit lajitella ne nousevaan tai laskevaan - järjestykseen napauttamalla sarakkeen otsikon vieressä olevaa - nuolenpään kuvaa. + järjestykseen napauttamalla sarakkeen otsikon vieressä olevaa + nuolenpään kuvaa. - Säikeet + Säikeet - Jos haluat järjestää viestit keskustelusäikeen mukaan, niin - napsauta [Keskustelusäie] -linkkiä Otsikkosarakkeessa. Kun haluat - palauttaa järjestyksen otsikon mukaiseksi, niin napsauta [Otsikko] - linkkiä otsikkosarakkeessa. + Jos haluat järjestää viestit keskustelusäikeen mukaan, niin + napsauta [Keskustelusäie] -linkkiä Otsikkosarakkeessa. Kun haluat + palauttaa järjestyksen otsikon mukaiseksi, niin napsauta [Otsikko] + linkkiä otsikkosarakkeessa. - + + Multipart/Alternative viestit - Lähettäjä on voinut lähettää jotkut viestit tyypillä - "multipart/alternative". Näissä viesteissä on monta osiota, mutta - niissä kaikissa on SAMA SISÄLTÖ, mutta ERI - MUOTO. Sähköpostiohjelma pyrkii näyttämään näistä osioista sen, - minkä se pystyy parhaiten näyttämään, viestin muut osiot näkyvät - otsikon "Vaihtoehtoiset osat tälle osiolle:" alapuolella ja ne voi - katsoa tai tallettaa erikseen. Kannattaa kuitenkin pitää mielessä - että nämä vaihtoehtoiset osiot pitävät sisällään saman sisällön - kuin se osio minkä sähköpostiohjelma näytti - osiot ovat vain eri + Lähettäjä on voinut lähettää jotkut viestit tyypillä + "multipart/alternative". Näissä viesteissä on monta osiota, mutta + niissä kaikissa on SAMA SISÄLTÖ, mutta ERI + MUOTO. Sähköpostiohjelma pyrkii näyttämään näistä osioista sen, + minkä se pystyy parhaiten näyttämään, viestin muut osiot näkyvät + otsikon "Vaihtoehtoiset osat tälle osiolle:" alapuolella ja ne voi + katsoa tai tallettaa erikseen. Kannattaa kuitenkin pitää mielessä + että nämä vaihtoehtoiset osiot pitävät sisällään saman sisällön + kuin se osio minkä sähköpostiohjelma näytti - osiot ovat vain eri muodossa (esimerkiksi teksti ja HTML-osiot). - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Nimeä kuukausittain uudestaan lähetettyjen viestien kansiot + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Nimeä kuukausittain uudestaan lähetettyjen viestien kansiot - Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat kuukausittain nimetä - uudelleen lähetettyjen viestien kansiot, niin kansiot nimetään - uudestaan kuukauden alussa. Kansioiden uuteen nimeen lisätään - kuukausi ja vuosi ja samalla luodaan myös uusi lähetettyjen + Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat kuukausittain nimetä + uudelleen lähetettyjen viestien kansiot, niin kansiot nimetään + uudestaan kuukauden alussa. Kansioiden uuteen nimeen lisätään + kuukausi ja vuosi ja samalla luodaan myös uusi lähetettyjen viestien kansio. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio - Laita tämä asetus päälle jos haluat joka kuukauden alussa poistaa - vanhan lähetettyjen viestien kansion. Jos postilaatikollesi on - asetettu kiintiö, niin tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen. + Laita tämä asetus päälle jos haluat joka kuukauden alussa poistaa + vanhan lähetettyjen viestien kansion. Jos postilaatikollesi on + asetettu kiintiö, niin tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio - # kansiota pidetään tallessa + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio - # kansiota pidetään tallessa - Jos poistat lähetettyjen viestien kansioita kuukausittain, niin - kuinka monta vanhaa kansiota haluat pitää tallessa. Kaikki ne - lähetettyjen viestien kansiot poistetaan, jotka ovat vanhempia - kuin valittu määrä kuukausia. + Jos poistat lähetettyjen viestien kansioita kuukausittain, niin + kuinka monta vanhaa kansiota haluat pitää tallessa. Kaikki ne + lähetettyjen viestien kansiot poistetaan, jotka ovat vanhempia + kuin valittu määrä kuukausia. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: tyhjennä lähettyjen viestien kansio + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: tyhjennä lähettyjen viestien kansio - Tällä asetuksella voi automaattisesti tyhjentää lähetettyjen viestien kansiota. + Tällä asetuksella voi automaattisesti tyhjentää lähetettyjen viestien kansiota. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: lähettyjen viestien tyhjennysväli + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: lähettyjen viestien tyhjennysväli - Jos lähetettyjen viestien kansiota tyhjennetään, niin tässä asetuksessa voit määritellä millaisin väliajoin kansiosta tyhjennetään vanhat viestit. + Jos lähetettyjen viestien kansiota tyhjennetään, niin tässä asetuksessa voit määritellä millaisin väliajoin kansiosta tyhjennetään vanhat viestit. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: Tyhjennä lähetetyjen viestien kansio + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: Tyhjennä lähetetyjen viestien kansio - Jos tyhjennät lähetettyjen viestien kansiot automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa. + Jos tyhjennät lähetettyjen viestien kansiot automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot - Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat poistaa liitetiedostot joka - kuukauden alussa. Jos postilaatikollesi on asetettu kiintiö, niin - tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen. + Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat poistaa liitetiedostot joka + kuukauden alussa. Jos postilaatikollesi on asetettu kiintiö, niin + tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot - # kuukauta vanhemmat + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot - # kuukauta vanhemmat Jos poistat liitetiedostoja kuukausittain, niin kuinka monta kuukautta vanhemmat liitetiedostot poistetaan? Jos jokin liite on - tätä vanhempi, niin se poistetaan. + tätä vanhempi, niin se poistetaan. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori - Kun haluat automaattisesti tyhjentää roskakorin tietyin väliajoin. + Kun haluat automaattisesti tyhjentää roskakorin tietyin väliajoin. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori väliajoin + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori väliajoin - Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin miten usein - se pitäisi tyhjentää. + Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin miten usein + se pitäisi tyhjentää. - - >Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori viestien ikä + + + >Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori viestien ikä - Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin montako - päivää vanhemmat viestit tuhotaan automaattisesti. + Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin montako + päivää vanhemmat viestit tuhotaan automaattisesti. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista roskapostit + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista roskapostit Jos haluat poistaa roskapostit ajoittain. - - Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Roskapostien poistamisen aikaväli + + + Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Roskapostien poistamisen aikaväli - Jos poistat roskapostiviestit automaattisesti, niin kuinka usen kansio pitäisi tyhjentää. + Jos poistat roskapostiviestit automaattisesti, niin kuinka usen kansio pitäisi tyhjentää. - - Asetukset ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poistettavien roskapostiviestien ikä + + + Asetukset ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poistettavien roskapostiviestien ikä - Jos tyhjennät roskapostikansiota automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa. + Jos tyhjennät roskapostikansiota automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa. - + + Asetukset: Viestin kirjoitus: Lainausteksti - Tällä asetuksella voit määritellä mikä teksti laitetaan - vastausviesteihin ennen lainattua tekstiä. + Tällä asetuksella voit määritellä mikä teksti laitetaan + vastausviesteihin ennen lainattua tekstiä. - Voit erikoiskoodien avulla laittaa laittaa määrittelytekstiin - lisätietoja viestistä, johon olet vastaamassa. Erikoiskoodi - koostuu '%'-merkistä ja sitä seuraa aina yksi kirjain tai - merkki. Alla on lista, jossa on määritelty käytettävisä olevat + Voit erikoiskoodien avulla laittaa laittaa määrittelytekstiin + lisätietoja viestistä, johon olet vastaamassa. Erikoiskoodi + koostuu '%'-merkistä ja sitä seuraa aina yksi kirjain tai + merkki. Alla on lista, jossa on määritelty käytettävisä olevat erikoiskoodit. - %f : Lähettäjän nimi ja sähköpostiosoite - %a : Lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite - %p : Lähettäjän nimi - %r : RFC 2822 mukainen päivämäärä ja aikavyöhyke - %d : Päivämäärä muodossa www, pp kkk VVVV - %x : Päivämäärä esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla - %c : Päivämäärä ja aika esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla + %f : Lähettäjän nimi ja sähköpostiosoite + %a : Lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite + %p : Lähettäjän nimi + %r : RFC 2822 mukainen päivämäärä ja aikavyöhyke + %d : Päivämäärä muodossa www, pp kkk VVVV + %x : Päivämäärä esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla + %c : Päivämäärä ja aika esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla %m : Message-ID %s : Otsikko %n : Rivinvaihto %% : '%' -merkki - - Asetukset: Viestin oletusmerkistö + + + Asetukset: Viestin oletusmerkistö - Viestin oletusmerkistöä käytetään silloin kun viestin osioihin ei ole merkitty mitään merkistötietoa. RFC 2045 dokumentissä määritellään, että viestit joissa ei ole määritelty merkistötietoa näytetään käyttäen merkistöä 'US-ASCII'. Jotku rikkinäisen sähköpostiohjelmistot lähettävät viestejä siten, että tekstissä on käytetty US-ASCII ulkopuolisia merkkejä, mutta merkistötietoa ei ole määritelty. Tämän arvon voi asettaa siihen merkistöön, mitä yleisesti käytetään paikallisesti. Voit myös valita "Oletus", jolloin käytetään MIME-oletuksia. + Viestin oletusmerkistöä käytetään silloin kun viestin osioihin ei ole merkitty mitään merkistötietoa. RFC 2045 dokumentissä määritellään, että viestit joissa ei ole määritelty merkistötietoa näytetään käyttäen merkistöä 'US-ASCII'. Jotku rikkinäisen sähköpostiohjelmistot lähettävät viestejä siten, että tekstissä on käytetty US-ASCII ulkopuolisia merkkejä, mutta merkistötietoa ei ole määritelty. Tämän arvon voi asettaa siihen merkistöön, mitä yleisesti käytetään paikallisesti. Voit myös valita "Oletus", jolloin käytetään MIME-oletuksia. - - Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta + + + Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta - "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta" voi liittää viestiin pyynnön - että sinulle lähtisi viesti kun vastaanottaja aukaisee - viestin. Kaikki sähköpostiohjelmat eivät tue tätä toimintoa, - lisäksi käyttäjä voi kieltää kuittausviestin lähettämisen. + "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta" voi liittää viestiin pyynnön + että sinulle lähtisi viesti kun vastaanottaja aukaisee + viestin. Kaikki sähköpostiohjelmat eivät tue tätä toimintoa, + lisäksi käyttäjä voi kieltää kuittausviestin lähettämisen. - - Asetukset: Lähetä MDN + + + Asetukset: Lähetä MDN - "Lähetä MDN" lähettää Message Disposition Notification (viestin + "Lähetä MDN" lähettää Message Disposition Notification (viestin aukaisun kuittausviesti) -ilmoitusviestin kun aukaiset viestin ja - jos lähettäjä on pyytänyt että viestistä lähetetään - kuittausviesti. Useimmissa tapauksissa tämä tapahtuu - automaattisesti ilman että sinulta kysytään lupaa. Joidenkin - viestien kohdalla voit joutua päättämään lähetetäänkö - kuittausviestiä ja napsauttamaan linkkiä. + jos lähettäjä on pyytänyt että viestistä lähetetään + kuittausviesti. Useimmissa tapauksissa tämä tapahtuu + automaattisesti ilman että sinulta kysytään lupaa. Joidenkin + viestien kohdalla voit joutua päättämään lähetetäänkö + kuittausviestiä ja napsauttamaan linkkiä. - - - Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta + + + + Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta - "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta" lähettää ilmoitusviestin - kun vastaanottajan sähköpostipalvelin on toimittanut viestin - vastaanottajan sähköpostikansioon. Tämä ei tarkoita sitä, että - vastaanottaja olisi lukenut viestin vaan että viesti on toimitettu - vastaanottajalle. Kaikki postipalvelimet eivät tue tätä toimintoa. + "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta" lähettää ilmoitusviestin + kun vastaanottajan sähköpostipalvelin on toimittanut viestin + vastaanottajan sähköpostikansioon. Tämä ei tarkoita sitä, että + vastaanottaja olisi lukenut viestin vaan että viesti on toimitettu + vastaanottajalle. Kaikki postipalvelimet eivät tue tätä toimintoa. - - Asetukset: Poista roskaposti raportoinnin jälkeen + + + Asetukset: Poista roskaposti raportoinnin jälkeen Voit jonkun kolmesta asiasta kun olet raportoinut viestin joko roskapostina tai puhtaana. - Yksi: Voit valita olla tekemättä mitään - viesti raportoidaan joko roskapostina tai puhtaana, mutta muuten se pysyy muuttumattomana postilaatikossasi. + Yksi: Voit valita olla tekemättä mitään - viesti raportoidaan joko roskapostina tai puhtaana, mutta muuten se pysyy muuttumattomana postilaatikossasi. + + + Kaksi: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan välittömästi postilaatikostasi. Jos viesti on puhdas, niin tämä vaihtoehto ei tee sille mitään. + + + Kolme: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikosta ja siirretään roskapostikansioosi. Jos raportoitava viesti on puhdas, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikostasi ja siirretään INBOX postilaatikkoosi. + + + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. - Kaksi: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan välittömästi postilaatikostasi. Jos viesti on puhdas, niin tämä vaihtoehto ei tee sille mitään. + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. - Kolme: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikosta ja siirretään roskapostikansioosi. Jos raportoitava viesti on puhdas, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikostasi ja siirretään INBOX postilaatikkoosi. + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. - + + Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus - Jos HTML-viestit näytetään suoraan, niin estetääkö kuvien - näyttäminen viestin yhteydessä ellet olet antanut siihen - lupaa. Huomaathan että jos katsot HTML-liitettä, niin kuvat - näytetään automaattisesti viestin mukana. + Jos HTML-viestit näytetään suoraan, niin estetääkö kuvien + näyttäminen viestin yhteydessä ellet olet antanut siihen + lupaa. Huomaathan että jos katsot HTML-liitettä, niin kuvat + näytetään automaattisesti viestin mukana. - - Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus / Näytä jos osoitekirjassa + + + Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus / Näytä jos osoitekirjassa - Jos HTML-viesteistä ei oletuksena näytetä kuvia viestin - yhteydessä, niin näytetäänkö kuvat jos lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite - löytyy osoitekirjasta. + Jos HTML-viesteistä ei oletuksena näytetä kuvia viestin + yhteydessä, niin näytetäänkö kuvat jos lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite + löytyy osoitekirjasta. - + + Asetukset: Postilaatikon aloitussivu - Tällä asetuksella voidaan määritellä mille sivulle postikansio - aukeaa, kun se avataan ensimmäistä kertaa. Huomaa että "uusi" - viestiasetus ei toimi, jos sinulla on valittuna "Keskustelusäie" - järjestysasetus - tässä tapauksessa aukeaa aina viimeisin + Tällä asetuksella voidaan määritellä mille sivulle postikansio + aukeaa, kun se avataan ensimmäistä kertaa. Huomaa että "uusi" + viestiasetus ei toimi, jos sinulla on valittuna "Keskustelusäie" + järjestysasetus - tässä tapauksessa aukeaa aina viimeisin viestisivu. - - Asetukset: Talleta liitetiedostot lähetetyistä viesteistä + + + Asetukset: Talleta liitetiedostot lähetetyistä viesteistä - Jos talletat lähetetyt viesti lähetettyjen viestien kansioon, niin talletetaanko viestien mukana myös liitetiedosto. Vaihtoehtoja ovat: + Jos talletat lähetetyt viesti lähetettyjen viestien kansioon, niin talletetaanko viestien mukana myös liitetiedosto. Vaihtoehtoja ovat: - * "Talleta aina liitteet" - ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteet talletaan AINA viestin mukana. - * "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus KYLLÄ" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteet talletaan viestin mukana. - * "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus EI" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteitä ei talleteta viestin mukana. - * "Älä talleta liitteitä" ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteitä EI IKINÄ talleteta viestin mukana. + * "Talleta aina liitteet" - ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteet talletaan AINA viestin mukana. + * "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus KYLLÄ" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteet talletaan viestin mukana. + * "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus EI" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteitä ei talleteta viestin mukana. + * "Älä talleta liitteitä" ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteitä EI IKINÄ talleteta viestin mukana. - + + Virtuaaliset kansiot: Virtuaalinen Inbox - Virtuaalinen Inbox on talletettu haku, joka tekee tarpeettomaksi etsiä uusiksi merkittyjä viestejä kaikista postilaatikoista. Tämän sijaan uusia viestejä etsitään vain tilatuista postilaatikoista ja haun tulos näytetään yhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona. + Virtuaalinen Inbox on talletettu haku, joka tekee tarpeettomaksi etsiä uusiksi merkittyjä viestejä kaikista postilaatikoista. Tämän sijaan uusia viestejä etsitään vain tilatuista postilaatikoista ja haun tulos näytetään yhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona. - + + Virtuaaliset kansiot: Virtuaalinen roskakori - Virtuaalinen roskakori on talletettu haku, joka voi korvata tarpeen erillisille roskakorikansiolle. Sen sijaan, että viestit siirretään erilliseen roskakorikansioon, niin ne merkitään poistettavaksi ja viesti pysyy nykyisessä kansiossa. Kun vielä on päällä asetus 'Piilota poistetut', niin viestit eivät näy viestilistauksessa. Kun käyttäjä napsauttaa Virtuaalinen roskakori, niin poistetuksi merkittyjä kansioita etsitään kaikista kansioista ja nämä viestit näytetään yyhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona. + Virtuaalinen roskakori on talletettu haku, joka voi korvata tarpeen erillisille roskakorikansiolle. Sen sijaan, että viestit siirretään erilliseen roskakorikansioon, niin ne merkitään poistettavaksi ja viesti pysyy nykyisessä kansiossa. Kun vielä on päällä asetus 'Piilota poistetut', niin viestit eivät näy viestilistauksessa. Kun käyttäjä napsauttaa Virtuaalinen roskakori, niin poistetuksi merkittyjä kansioita etsitään kaikista kansioista ja nämä viestit näytetään yyhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona. + diff --git a/imp/locale/fr_FR/help.xml b/imp/locale/fr_FR/help.xml index 754a881ac..080426e4c 100644 --- a/imp/locale/fr_FR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/fr_FR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Rédaction de message: Actions Actions @@ -52,14 +47,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Rédaction de message: De "De" @@ -73,7 +70,8 @@ Insérez ici votre adresse courriel exact. Par défaut, votre adresse est géné Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Rédaction de message: A "A" @@ -87,7 +85,8 @@ Entrez les adresses courriels de ceux et celles qui doivent recevoir votre messa Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Rédaction de message: Cc "Cc" @@ -101,7 +100,8 @@ Entrez ici le ou les adresse(s) de ceux qui doivent recevoir une copie conforme Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Rédaction de message: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ esses par une virgule. Les copies conformes invisibles sont générallement envo Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Rédaction de message: Sujet "Sujet" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ Entrez le sujet de votre message. Gardez-le court, simple et descriptif. Le suje Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Rédaction de message: Options "Options" @@ -172,7 +175,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Rédaction de message: Pièces Jointes "Pièces Jointes" @@ -194,7 +198,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -231,51 +236,30 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Recherche - Critères de recherche - - Texte à écrire ... - - - + + Gestion des dossiers Options des dossiers @@ -299,7 +283,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filtres: Appliquer Appliquer des règles de filtre @@ -313,63 +298,80 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -401,7 +403,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -412,14 +415,16 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -438,14 +443,16 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -460,7 +467,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -471,7 +479,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -490,49 +499,56 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -543,7 +559,8 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -554,28 +571,32 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -594,14 +615,16 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -612,97 +635,113 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -724,31 +763,36 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -763,25 +807,42 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -792,16 +853,19 @@ Activez la case "Copie dans..." pour sauvegarder ce message dans votre dossier d * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/hr_HR/help.xml b/imp/locale/hr_HR/help.xml index 4bfb5d8e1..4e583b2ee 100644 --- a/imp/locale/hr_HR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/hr_HR/help.xml @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ - + Tipkovnica: Navigacija - Tipkovnicu možete koristiti za kretanje između poruka u prikazu sandučića, za pomicanje na prethodnu ili sljedeću poruku u prikazu poruke, te za listanje stranica u prikazu sandučića. + Tipkovnicu možete koristiti za kretanje između poruka u prikazu sandučića, za pomicanje na prethodnu ili sljedeću poruku u prikazu poruke, te za listanje stranica u prikazu sandučića. Tipke za navigaciju u popisu poruka - U popisu poruka možete koristiti tipkovnicu za odabir i prikaz poruka. Za kretanje između poruka možete koristiti tipke sa strelicama Gore i Dolje pritom držeći tipku Control (Ctrl). Ako pritisnete Gore, počet ćete na dnu stranice (zadnja prikazana poruka), a ako pritisnete Dolje, na vrhu (prva prikazana poruka). - Trenutna poruka je osvijetljena kao da ste preko nje prešli mišom. Dok se krećete gore i dolje u popisu poruka, možete pritisnuti Razmak za odabir ili brisanje odabira poruke, ili Return za prikaz poruke. - Ako pri kretanju kroz popis poruka držite pritisnutu tipku Alt umjesto Ctrl, poruke koje prelazite se automatski odabiru ili brišu iz odabira. - Popis poruka: Prethodna/sljedeća stranica - Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće stranice poruka u sandučiću. - Prikaz poruke: Prethodna/sljedeća poruka - Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće poruke. + U popisu poruka možete koristiti tipkovnicu za odabir i prikaz poruka. Za kretanje između poruka možete koristiti tipke sa strelicama Gore i Dolje pritom držeći tipku Control (Ctrl). Ako pritisnete Gore, počet ćete na dnu stranice (zadnja prikazana poruka), a ako pritisnete Dolje, na vrhu (prva prikazana poruka). + Trenutna poruka je osvijetljena kao da ste preko nje preÅ¡li miÅ¡om. Dok se krećete gore i dolje u popisu poruka, možete pritisnuti Razmak za odabir ili brisanje odabira poruke, ili Return za prikaz poruke. + Ako pri kretanju kroz popis poruka držite pritisnutu tipku Alt umjesto Ctrl, poruke koje prelazite se automatski odabiru ili briÅ¡u iz odabira. + Popis poruka: Prethodna/sljedeća stranica + Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće stranice poruka u sandučiću. + Prikaz poruke: Prethodna/sljedeća poruka + Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće poruke. @@ -25,16 +25,16 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Akcije Akcije - "Pošalji poruku" šalje vašu poruku elektroničke pošte navedenim primateljima. Budite sigurni da želite poslati poruku jer je ova akcija nepovratna i ne može se poništiti. + "PoÅ¡alji poruku" Å¡alje vaÅ¡u poruku elektroničke poÅ¡te navedenim primateljima. Budite sigurni da želite poslati poruku jer je ova akcija nepovratna i ne može se poniÅ¡titi. - "Spremi koncept" snima nedovršenu poruku u mapu "Koncepti" kojoj možete pristupiti kroz padajuću listu mapa u gornjem desnom kutu stranice. Poruku kasnije možete dovršiti prelaskom u mapu "Koncepti", otvaranjem snimljene poruke i klikom na "Nastavi". Prije snimanja koncepta preporuča se upisati naslov poruke kako bi ju kasnije mogli lakše pronaći u mapi s konceptima. + "Spremi koncept" snima nedovrÅ¡enu poruku u mapu "Koncepti" kojoj možete pristupiti kroz padajuću listu mapa u gornjem desnom kutu stranice. Poruku kasnije možete dovrÅ¡iti prelaskom u mapu "Koncepti", otvaranjem snimljene poruke i klikom na "Nastavi". Prije snimanja koncepta preporuča se upisati naslov poruke kako bi ju kasnije mogli lakÅ¡e pronaći u mapi s konceptima. - Ovisno o postavkama sustava, u opcijama je moguće promijeniti dali se nakon spremanja koncepta prikazuje posljednja pregledana mapa ili se nastavlja s uređivanjem poruke. + Ovisno o postavkama sustava, u opcijama je moguće promijeniti dali se nakon spremanja koncepta prikazuje posljednja pregledana mapa ili se nastavlja s uređivanjem poruke. - "Otkaži poruku" zatvara prozor za pisanje poruke i vraća se na posljednju prikazanu mapu. + "Otkaži poruku" zatvara prozor za pisanje poruke i vraća se na posljednju prikazanu mapu. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Identitet Identitet - Iz padajućeg popisa identiteta zadanih pod Opcije->Osobne informacije odaberite identitet koji će se koristiti prilikom slanja poruke. + Iz padajućeg popisa identiteta zadanih pod Opcije->Osobne informacije odaberite identitet koji će se koristiti prilikom slanja poruke. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Od Od - Unesite adresu elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti kao pošiljatelj ove poruke. + Unesite adresu elektroničke poÅ¡te koja će se koristiti kao poÅ¡iljatelj ove poruke. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Za Za - Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku. + Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke poÅ¡te primatelja ove poruke. Kod unosa viÅ¡e primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. KoriÅ¡tenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će greÅ¡ku. @@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Cc Cc - Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti kopiju (carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku. + Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke poÅ¡te primatelja koji će primiti kopiju (carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa viÅ¡e primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. KoriÅ¡tenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će greÅ¡ku. - Kopije poruke se obično šalju osobama koji nisu direktni primatelji poruke, ali trebaju biti informirani o sadržaju poruke, obično jer su indirektno zainteresirani za tematiku poruke. Primatelji iz polja "Za:" i "Cc:" vide sve primatelje iz oba polja s primateljima. + Kopije poruke se obično Å¡alju osobama koji nisu direktni primatelji poruke, ali trebaju biti informirani o sadržaju poruke, obično jer su indirektno zainteresirani za tematiku poruke. Primatelji iz polja "Za:" i "Cc:" vide sve primatelje iz oba polja s primateljima. @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Bcc Bcc - Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti tajnu kopiju (blind carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku. + Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke poÅ¡te primatelja koji će primiti tajnu kopiju (blind carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa viÅ¡e primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. KoriÅ¡tenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će greÅ¡ku. - Tajne kopije poruka obično se šalju primateljima koji trebaju vidjeti sadržaj poruke, a da za to ne saznaju ostali primatelji poruke. Dakle "tajno" znači da je identitet tih primatelja sakriven od ostalih primatelja poruke. Samo pošiljatelj i "Bcc" primatelji znaju da su oni također primili kopiju poruke. + Tajne kopije poruka obično se Å¡alju primateljima koji trebaju vidjeti sadržaj poruke, a da za to ne saznaju ostali primatelji poruke. Dakle "tajno" znači da je identitet tih primatelja sakriven od ostalih primatelja poruke. Samo poÅ¡iljatelj i "Bcc" primatelji znaju da su oni također primili kopiju poruke. @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Naslov Naslov - Unesite naslov vaše poruke. Preporuča se koristiti kratke i jednostavne naslove koji dobro opisuju sadržaj poruke. Naslov je najjednostavniji način na koji se primatelji i pošiljatelji mogu podsjetiti o sadržaju poruke, te je vrlo važan za organizaciju i kasnije pronalaženje bitnih poruka. + Unesite naslov vaÅ¡e poruke. Preporuča se koristiti kratke i jednostavne naslove koji dobro opisuju sadržaj poruke. Naslov je najjednostavniji način na koji se primatelji i poÅ¡iljatelji mogu podsjetiti o sadržaju poruke, te je vrlo važan za organizaciju i kasnije pronalaženje bitnih poruka. - Prilikom odgovaranja na poruku ili prosljeđivanja poruke naslov se kopira i u novu poruku te se na osnovu toga može prepoznati koje poruke čine "nit" rasprave. Ako odgovori ili proslijeđene poruke sadrže nove teme, korisno je u skladu s tim izmijeniti i "Naslov" poruke kako bi primatelji mogli lakše pratiti promjene u toku rasprave. + Prilikom odgovaranja na poruku ili prosljeđivanja poruke naslov se kopira i u novu poruku te se na osnovu toga može prepoznati koje poruke čine "nit" rasprave. Ako odgovori ili proslijeđene poruke sadrže nove teme, korisno je u skladu s tim izmijeniti i "Naslov" poruke kako bi primatelji mogli lakÅ¡e pratiti promjene u toku rasprave. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Set znakova Set znakova - Odabir skupa znakova koji će se koristiti u poslanoj poruci. + Odabir skupa znakova koji će se koristiti u poslanoj poruci. @@ -109,22 +109,22 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Opcije Opcije - Sljedeće opcije pomažu vam u sastavljanu poruke. + Sljedeće opcije pomažu vam u sastavljanu poruke. Kliknite na "Provjeri pravopis" za provjeru ispravnosti teksta poruke. - Kliknite na "Prilozi" za prelazak na donji dio stranice gdje je poruci moguće priložiti datoteke. + Kliknite na "Prilozi" za prelazak na donji dio stranice gdje je poruci moguće priložiti datoteke. - Ako je administrator sustava omogućio spremanje poslanih poruka, označavanjem kućice pored "Spremi kopiju" aktivira se spremanje poruke nakon slanja. Poslana poruka spremit će se u podrazumijevanu mapu ili onu zadanu pod "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". Ako je administrator sustava omogućio odabir mape za spremanje poslanih poruka, pored ove opcije pojavit će se padajuća lista s popisom dostupnih mapa. + Ako je administrator sustava omogućio spremanje poslanih poruka, označavanjem kućice pored "Spremi kopiju" aktivira se spremanje poruke nakon slanja. Poslana poruka spremit će se u podrazumijevanu mapu ili onu zadanu pod "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". Ako je administrator sustava omogućio odabir mape za spremanje poslanih poruka, pored ove opcije pojavit će se padajuća lista s popisom dostupnih mapa. - Spremanje kopija poslanih poruka korisno je za evidentiranje rasprava koje su se vodile putem elektroničke pošte. Spremanje poslanih poruka može se uključiti kao zadano za svaki identitet odlaskom na "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". U postavkama je također moguće podesiti periodičko čišćenje ili arhiviranje mape s poslanim porukama. + Spremanje kopija poslanih poruka korisno je za evidentiranje rasprava koje su se vodile putem elektroničke poÅ¡te. Spremanje poslanih poruka može se uključiti kao zadano za svaki identitet odlaskom na "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". U postavkama je također moguće podesiti periodičko čišćenje ili arhiviranje mape s poslanim porukama. - Spremanje svih poslanih poruka nije preporučljivo u svim situacijama jer može dovesti do brzog zapunjenja korisničkog računa elektroničke pošte, posebno kada se uz poruke šalju veliki prilozi. Račun elektroničke pošte koji je zapunjen ne može primati nove poruke elektroničke pošte. + Spremanje svih poslanih poruka nije preporučljivo u svim situacijama jer može dovesti do brzog zapunjenja korisničkog računa elektroničke poÅ¡te, posebno kada se uz poruke Å¡alju veliki prilozi. Račun elektroničke poÅ¡te koji je zapunjen ne može primati nove poruke elektroničke poÅ¡te. @@ -132,17 +132,17 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Dodavanje priloga Dodavanje priloga - Priloge je moguće dodati u poruku ako vaš web preglednik podržava slanje datoteka. Istovremeno je moguće poslati više datoteka. + Priloge je moguće dodati u poruku ako vaÅ¡ web preglednik podržava slanje datoteka. Istovremeno je moguće poslati viÅ¡e datoteka. - Korak 1: Unesite stazu i ime datoteke ili kliknite na gumb "Browse" i odaberite datoteku koju želite priložiti. Staza i ime datoteke nakon toga biti će upisana u polju priloga. Ako vaš web preglednik podržava JavaScript pojavit će se novo polje za unos još jedne datoteke što omogućava istovremeno slanje više datoteka. + Korak 1: Unesite stazu i ime datoteke ili kliknite na gumb "Browse" i odaberite datoteku koju želite priložiti. Staza i ime datoteke nakon toga biti će upisana u polju priloga. Ako vaÅ¡ web preglednik podržava JavaScript pojavit će se novo polje za unos joÅ¡ jedne datoteke Å¡to omogućava istovremeno slanje viÅ¡e datoteka. - Korak 2: Odaberite želite li da se poslana datoteka primatelju prikaže kao prilog ili ugrađena u sadržaj poruke. Ako primateljev klijent za elektroničku poštu ne podržava ugrađeni prikaz priloga, sve datoteke biti će prikazane kao prilozi. + Korak 2: Odaberite želite li da se poslana datoteka primatelju prikaže kao prilog ili ugrađena u sadržaj poruke. Ako primateljev klijent za elektroničku poÅ¡tu ne podržava ugrađeni prikaz priloga, sve datoteke biti će prikazane kao prilozi. - Ako ne želite mijenjati opis ili razmještaj priloga, dodavanje priloga je ovime završeno. Datoteke će se prenijeti na poslužitelj prilikom slanja poruke. Ako pak prije slanja želite promijeniti opis ili razmještaj priloga, kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" čime će se novo dodani prilozi poslati na poslužitelj i spremiti izmjene napravljene na postojećim prilozima. + Ako ne želite mijenjati opis ili razmjeÅ¡taj priloga, dodavanje priloga je ovime zavrÅ¡eno. Datoteke će se prenijeti na poslužitelj prilikom slanja poruke. Ako pak prije slanja želite promijeniti opis ili razmjeÅ¡taj priloga, kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" čime će se novo dodani prilozi poslati na poslužitelj i spremiti izmjene napravljene na postojećim prilozima. - Napomena da za veće datoteke i/ili sporije načine pristupa Internetu proces slanja datoteka može potrajati. Budite strpljivi i nemojte klikati na druge poveznice i gumbe dok slanje ne završi. + Napomena da za veće datoteke i/ili sporije načine pristupa Internetu proces slanja datoteka može potrajati. Budite strpljivi i nemojte klikati na druge poveznice i gumbe dok slanje ne zavrÅ¡i. @@ -150,37 +150,37 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Trenutni prilozi Trenutni prilozi - Ovaj dio stranice prikazuje popis datoteka već priloženih poruci. + Ovaj dio stranice prikazuje popis datoteka već priloženih poruci. - Brisanje priloženih datoteka + Brisanje priloženih datoteka - Za brisanje priloženih datoteka: + Za brisanje priloženih datoteka: - Korak 1: Označite kućicu pored priloga koje želite obrisati. + Korak 1: Označite kućicu pored priloga koje želite obrisati. - Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke. + Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvrÅ¡ene prilikom slanja poruke. - Promjena razmještaja priloga + Promjena razmjeÅ¡taja priloga - Za promjenu razmještaja priloga: + Za promjenu razmjeÅ¡taja priloga: - Korak 1: Za svaki prilog postavite željeni razmještaj - "U istoj razini" ili "Prilog". + Korak 1: Za svaki prilog postavite željeni razmjeÅ¡taj - "U istoj razini" ili "Prilog". - Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke. + Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvrÅ¡ene prilikom slanja poruke. Promjena opisa priloga - Za promjenu opisa priloga (tekst koji će primateljima biti prikazan kao opis priloga): + Za promjenu opisa priloga (tekst koji će primateljima biti prikazan kao opis priloga): Korak 1: Unesite opis priloga u polje Opis. - Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke. + Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvrÅ¡ene prilikom slanja poruke. @@ -188,87 +188,87 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Prioritet Prioritet - Postavlja "X-Priority" zaglavlje u odlaznoj poruci. Zaglavlje "X-Priority" je neka vrsta "pseudo standarda" koji podržavaju Netscape, Mozilla, Opera i Outlook klijenti. Klijenti elektroničke pošte koji ne podržavaju ovo zaglavlje će ignorirati ovu informaciju. + Postavlja "X-Priority" zaglavlje u odlaznoj poruci. Zaglavlje "X-Priority" je neka vrsta "pseudo standarda" koji podržavaju Netscape, Mozilla, Opera i Outlook klijenti. Klijenti elektroničke poÅ¡te koji ne podržavaju ovo zaglavlje će ignorirati ovu informaciju. Sastavljanje poruka: Spremi priloge - Određuje dali će se prilozi korišteni kod sastavljanja poruke spremiti zajedno sa porukom u mapu s poslanom poštom. Ako je odabrano "Da", prilozi će se spremiti. Ako je odabrano "Ne", prilozi će se obrisati iz poruke nakon slanja svim pošiljateljima a prije spremanja u mapu s poslanom poštom. Opcija "Ne" služi smanjenju zauzeća diskovnog prostora jer se iz poruke prije spremanja brišu potencijalno veliki prilozi. + Određuje dali će se prilozi koriÅ¡teni kod sastavljanja poruke spremiti zajedno sa porukom u mapu s poslanom poÅ¡tom. Ako je odabrano "Da", prilozi će se spremiti. Ako je odabrano "Ne", prilozi će se obrisati iz poruke nakon slanja svim poÅ¡iljateljima a prije spremanja u mapu s poslanom poÅ¡tom. Opcija "Ne" služi smanjenju zauzeća diskovnog prostora jer se iz poruke prije spremanja briÅ¡u potencijalno veliki prilozi. Sastavljanje poruka: Dodaj poveznicu na priloge - Određuje dali će se prilozi dodani u poruku poslati zajedno sa porukom ili će ostati spremljeni na poslužitelju. Ako prilozi ostanu spremljeni na poslužitelju, poruka poslana primateljima sadržavati će web poveznicu putem koje je moguće preuzeti priloge. Prednost dodavanja poveznica na priloge je značajno smanjenje veličine poslanih poruka. Nedostatak je što sadržaj priloga možda neće biti dostupan u budućnosti jer nije poslan zajedno sa porukom elektroničke pošte. + Određuje dali će se prilozi dodani u poruku poslati zajedno sa porukom ili će ostati spremljeni na poslužitelju. Ako prilozi ostanu spremljeni na poslužitelju, poruka poslana primateljima sadržavati će web poveznicu putem koje je moguće preuzeti priloge. Prednost dodavanja poveznica na priloge je značajno smanjenje veličine poslanih poruka. Nedostatak je Å¡to sadržaj priloga možda neće biti dostupan u budućnosti jer nije poslan zajedno sa porukom elektroničke poÅ¡te. Mape: Akcije - Mape se odabiru označavanjem kućice ispred imena mape. Nakon označavanja iz padajućeg izbornika moguće je odabrati akciju koja će se primijeniti na odabrane mape. + Mape se odabiru označavanjem kućice ispred imena mape. Nakon označavanja iz padajućeg izbornika moguće je odabrati akciju koja će se primijeniti na odabrane mape. Kreiraj - Ako je moguće, stvara novu mapu. Za dodavanje mapu u osnovnoj razini odaberite akciju Kreiraj dok nije odabrana ni jedna mapa. Za dodavanje podmape prvo označite mapu u koju želite dodati podmapu te zatim odaberite akciju Kreiraj. + Ako je moguće, stvara novu mapu. Za dodavanje mapu u osnovnoj razini odaberite akciju Kreiraj dok nije odabrana ni jedna mapa. Za dodavanje podmape prvo označite mapu u koju želite dodati podmapu te zatim odaberite akciju Kreiraj. Preimenuj - Mijenja ime mape. Označite mape koje želite preimenovati i odaberite akciju Preimenuj. Prilikom preimenovanja sve podmape preimenovane mape također će biti prebačene u mapu s novim imenom. + Mijenja ime mape. Označite mape koje želite preimenovati i odaberite akciju Preimenuj. Prilikom preimenovanja sve podmape preimenovane mape također će biti prebačene u mapu s novim imenom. - Obriši + ObriÅ¡i - Briše mapu i sve poruke u njoj. Označite mapu koju želite obrisati i odaberite akciju 'Obriši'. Ako obrisana mapa sadrži podmape one neće biti automatski obrisane. Za brisanje podmapa potrebno ih je označiti prije pokretanja akcije brisanja. + BriÅ¡e mapu i sve poruke u njoj. Označite mapu koju želite obrisati i odaberite akciju 'ObriÅ¡i'. Ako obrisana mapa sadrži podmape one neće biti automatski obrisane. Za brisanje podmapa potrebno ih je označiti prije pokretanja akcije brisanja. Isprazni - Za brisanje svih poruka u mapi, ali ne i same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Isprazni'. + Za brisanje svih poruka u mapi, ali ne i same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Isprazni'. - Pražnjenje + Pražnjenje - Za čišćenje svih poruka u mapi koje su označene kao obrisane, ali ne i brisanje same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pražnjenje'. Ova akcija dostupna je samo ako se ne koristi mapa za spremanje smeća. + Za čišćenje svih poruka u mapi koje su označene kao obrisane, ali ne i brisanje same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pražnjenje'. Ova akcija dostupna je samo ako se ne koristi mapa za spremanje smeća. Pretplati se/Odjavi pretplatu - Označava mapu kao pretplaćenu ili nepretplaćenu. Pretplaćene mape prikazuju se u popisu mapa. Ove akcije dostupne su samo ako se koristi IMAP pretplata na mape. + Označava mapu kao pretplaćenu ili nepretplaćenu. Pretplaćene mape prikazuju se u popisu mapa. Ove akcije dostupne su samo ako se koristi IMAP pretplata na mape. - Za pretplaćivanje na mapu označite željenu mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pretplati se'. Za odjavu pretplate ponovo označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Odjavi pretplatu'. + Za pretplaćivanje na mapu označite željenu mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pretplati se'. Za odjavu pretplate ponovo označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Odjavi pretplatu'. - Provjeravaj novu poštu/Ne provjeravaj novu poštu + Provjeravaj novu poÅ¡tu/Ne provjeravaj novu poÅ¡tu - Aktivira provjeru nove pošte za odabrane mape u Navigatoru mapa i bočnoj traci (ako je prikazana). + Aktivira provjeru nove poÅ¡te za odabrane mape u Navigatoru mapa i bočnoj traci (ako je prikazana). - Za aktiviranje provjere označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Provjeravaj novu poštu'. Za isključivanje provjere nove pošte označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Ne provjeravaj novu poštu'. + Za aktiviranje provjere označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Provjeravaj novu poÅ¡tu'. Za isključivanje provjere nove poÅ¡te označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Ne provjeravaj novu poÅ¡tu'. - Označi sve poruke kao pregledane/nepregledane + Označi sve poruke kao pregledane/nepregledane - Da bi označili sve poruke kao pregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao pregledane'. Da bi označili sve poruke kao nepregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao nepregledane'. + Da bi označili sve poruke kao pregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao pregledane'. Da bi označili sve poruke kao nepregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao nepregledane'. Preuzmi - Za preuzimanje svih poruka u mapi kao jedne datoteke (mbox format), označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi'. Za preuzimanje datoteke u Zip komprimiranom formatu odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi [.zip format]'. + Za preuzimanje svih poruka u mapi kao jedne datoteke (mbox format), označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi'. Za preuzimanje datoteke u Zip komprimiranom formatu odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi [.zip format]'. Uvezi poruke - Ova akcija omogućava uvoz poruka u mbox ili .eml formatu u odabranu mapu. Označite mapu u koju želite uvesti poruke i odaberite ovu akciju. Prikazat će se forma u koju je potrebno unijeti ime mbox ili .eml datoteke sa porukama za uvoz. + Ova akcija omogućava uvoz poruka u mbox ili .eml formatu u odabranu mapu. Označite mapu u koju želite uvesti poruke i odaberite ovu akciju. Prikazat će se forma u koju je potrebno unijeti ime mbox ili .eml datoteke sa porukama za uvoz. Obnovi stablo mapa - Provjerava stanje mapa na poslužitelju i osvježava grafički prikaz stabla mapa. Ovu akciju obično nije potrebno pozivati ako poslužitelju elektroničke pošte istovremeno ne pristupate i sa drugim klijentom, te ste u međuvremenu putem tog klijenta izmijenili strukturu mapa. + Provjerava stanje mapa na poslužitelju i osvježava grafički prikaz stabla mapa. Ovu akciju obično nije potrebno pozivati ako poslužitelju elektroničke poÅ¡te istovremeno ne pristupate i sa drugim klijentom, te ste u međuvremenu putem tog klijenta izmijenili strukturu mapa. - Prikaži/sakrij nepretplaćene + Prikaži/sakrij nepretplaćene - Ako je uključena IMAP pretplata na mape ova akcija prikazuje/skriva nepretplaćene mape. Da bi se pretplatili/odjavili pretplatu na mapu, označite željenu mapu i iz padajućeg izbornika sa popisom akcija odaberite 'Pretplati se' ili 'Odjavi pretplatu'. + Ako je uključena IMAP pretplata na mape ova akcija prikazuje/skriva nepretplaćene mape. Da bi se pretplatili/odjavili pretplatu na mapu, označite željenu mapu i iz padajućeg izbornika sa popisom akcija odaberite 'Pretplati se' ili 'Odjavi pretplatu'. - Proširi sve + ProÅ¡iri sve - Prikaži sve podmape. + Prikaži sve podmape. Skupi sve @@ -280,31 +280,31 @@ Filteri: Primjeni Primjeni pravila filtriranja - Klikom na ikonu "Primjeni filtere" pored imena mape INBOX kod prikaza sadržaja poštanskog sandučić pokreće se filtriranje svih poruka prema zadanim pravilima filtriranja. + Klikom na ikonu "Primjeni filtere" pored imena mape INBOX kod prikaza sadržaja poÅ¡tanskog sandučić pokreće se filtriranje svih poruka prema zadanim pravilima filtriranja. - Filteri: Uređivanje pravila filtriranja + Filteri: Uređivanje pravila filtriranja Uredi pravila filtriranja - Klikom na "Uredi pravila filtriranja" otvara se stranica na kojoj je moguće dodati, obrisati i izmijeniti trenutno aktivna pravila filtriranja. + Klikom na "Uredi pravila filtriranja" otvara se stranica na kojoj je moguće dodati, obrisati i izmijeniti trenutno aktivna pravila filtriranja. - Filteri: Uređivanje crne liste + Filteri: Uređivanje crne liste Uredi crnu listu - Odabirom akcije "Uredi crnu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK odbijate primati poštu. + Odabirom akcije "Uredi crnu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te od kojih UVIJEK odbijate primati poÅ¡tu. - Filteri: Uređivanje bijele liste + Filteri: Uređivanje bijele liste Uredi bijelu listu - Odabirom akcije "Uredi bijelu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK želite primati poštu. + Odabirom akcije "Uredi bijelu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te od kojih UVIJEK želite primati poÅ¡tu. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Filteri: Filtriranje kod prijave Primjeni pravila filtriranja kod prijave? - Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod prijave u sustav. + Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod prijave u sustav. @@ -320,23 +320,23 @@ Filteri: Filtriranje kod pristupa Primjeni pravila filtriranja kod prikaza INBOX mape? - Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod svakog pristupa poštanskom sandučiću. + Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod svakog pristupa poÅ¡tanskom sandučiću. Filteri: Filtriranje svih mapa - Omogući primjenu filtriranja na bilo koju mapu? + Omogući primjenu filtriranja na bilo koju mapu? - Uključite ovu opciju ako želite omogućiti primjenu pravila filtriranja na bilo kojoj mapi. Uobičajeno se filtriranje primjenjuje samo na nove poruke pristigle u poštanski sandučić. Ako je ova opcija uključena, ikona za filtriranje poruka u trenutnoj mapi pojavit će se za sve mape kod prikaza sadržaja mape. NAPOMENA: Primjena filtriranja na mapama osim poštanskog sandučića može imati za posljedicu neočekivane (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati dostavu još jedne kopije poruke u istu mapu) ili neželjene posljedice (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati micanje ili brisanje poruka ako su od trenutka dostave poruke u mapu izmijenjena pravila filtriranja). + Uključite ovu opciju ako želite omogućiti primjenu pravila filtriranja na bilo kojoj mapi. Uobičajeno se filtriranje primjenjuje samo na nove poruke pristigle u poÅ¡tanski sandučić. Ako je ova opcija uključena, ikona za filtriranje poruka u trenutnoj mapi pojavit će se za sve mape kod prikaza sadržaja mape. NAPOMENA: Primjena filtriranja na mapama osim poÅ¡tanskog sandučića može imati za posljedicu neočekivane (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati dostavu joÅ¡ jedne kopije poruke u istu mapu) ili neželjene posljedice (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati micanje ili brisanje poruka ako su od trenutka dostave poruke u mapu izmijenjena pravila filtriranja). - PGP: Priloži javni ključ poruci - Priloži javni ključ poruci + PGP: Priloži javni ključ poruci + Priloži javni ključ poruci - Ako je ova opcija uključena u poruku koja se šalje priložit će se i kopija PGP javnog ključa korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). Pretpostavljeno ponašanje može se promijeniti u PGP opcijama. + Ako je ova opcija uključena u poruku koja se Å¡alje priložit će se i kopija PGP javnog ključa korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). Pretpostavljeno ponaÅ¡anje može se promijeniti u PGP opcijama. @@ -344,7 +344,15 @@ PGP: Pregledaj tekst poruka Pregledaj tekst poruka - Ako je ova opcija uključena IMP će pretraživati sadržaj svih tekstualnih poruka za PGP podacima te prikazati rezultate ako su PGP podaci pronađeni. Napomena da ovo može usporiti rad sustava jer se svaka tekstualna poruka mora u cijelosti pregledati da bi se pronašli PGP podaci. + Ako je ova opcija uključena IMP će pretraživati sadržaj svih tekstualnih poruka za PGP podacima te prikazati rezultate ako su PGP podaci pronađeni. Napomena da ovo može usporiti rad sustava jer se svaka tekstualna poruka mora u cijelosti pregledati da bi se pronaÅ¡li PGP podaci. + + + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. @@ -352,215 +360,215 @@ Sastavljanje poruka: Opcije enkripcije Bez enkripcije - Šalje poruku bez kriptiranja (čisti tekst). + Å alje poruku bez kriptiranja (čisti tekst). - PGP šifriranje poruke + PGP Å¡ifriranje poruke - Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći PGP i javne ključeve primatelja poruke. Javni ključevi primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se javni ključ primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. + Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći PGP i javne ključeve primatelja poruke. Javni ključevi primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se javni ključ primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja greÅ¡ku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke poÅ¡te spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. PGP potpisivanje poruke - Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću PGP-a i privatnog ključa korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen privatni ključ još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. Primatelj poruke mora posjedovati kopiju javnog ključa pošiljatelja da bi mogao provjeriti digitalni potpis na poruci. + Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću PGP-a i privatnog ključa korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaÅ¡tićen privatni ključ joÅ¡ nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. Primatelj poruke mora posjedovati kopiju javnog ključa poÅ¡iljatelja da bi mogao provjeriti digitalni potpis na poruci. - PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke + PGP potpisivanje/Å¡ifriranje poruke - Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. + Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "PGP Å¡ifriranje poruke" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. - PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom + PGP Å¡ifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom - Ova opcija poruku prije slanja kriptira koristeći PGP i tajnu lozinku. Prije kriptiranja pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno unijeti lozinku koja će se koristiti za kriptiranje poruke. Lozinku je primatelju poruke potrebno prenijeti nekim sigurnim kanalom kao što je telefon, osobno itd. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. + Ova opcija poruku prije slanja kriptira koristeći PGP i tajnu lozinku. Prije kriptiranja pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno unijeti lozinku koja će se koristiti za kriptiranje poruke. Lozinku je primatelju poruke potrebno prenijeti nekim sigurnim kanalom kao Å¡to je telefon, osobno itd. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. - PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom + PGP potpisivanje/Å¡ifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom - Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku koristeći zadanu lozinku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. + Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku koristeći zadanu lozinku. Pogledati "PGP Å¡ifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. - S/MIME šifriranje poruke + S/MIME Å¡ifriranje poruke - Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći S/MIME i certifikate primatelja poruke. Certifikati primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se certifikat primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. + Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći S/MIME i certifikate primatelja poruke. Certifikati primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se certifikat primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja greÅ¡ku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke poÅ¡te spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci. S/MIME potpisivanje poruke - Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću S/MIME-a i certifikata korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen certifikat još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. + Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću S/MIME-a i certifikata korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaÅ¡tićen certifikat joÅ¡ nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. - S/MIME potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke + S/MIME potpisivanje/Å¡ifriranje poruke - Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "S/MIME šifriranje poruke" i "S/MIME potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. + Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "S/MIME Å¡ifriranje poruke" i "S/MIME potpisivanje poruke" za detalje. PGP: Pregled - Što je PGP? + Å to je PGP? - PGP je alat za sigurnu komunikaciju i čuvanje podataka, a koristi se najčešće za elektroničku poštu. Služi za kriptiranje podataka i digitalno potpisivanje. IMP koristi GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) za ostvarivanje ove funkcionalnosti. + PGP je alat za sigurnu komunikaciju i čuvanje podataka, a koristi se najčešće za elektroničku poÅ¡tu. Služi za kriptiranje podataka i digitalno potpisivanje. IMP koristi GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) za ostvarivanje ove funkcionalnosti. Aktiviraj PGP funkcije - Ako je ova opcija uključena biti će moguće dodati i pregledavati osobne PGP ključeve, dodavati i brisati javne ključeve drugih osoba, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalni potpis na porukama, te slati kriptirane/digitalno potpisane poruke. + Ako je ova opcija uključena biti će moguće dodati i pregledavati osobne PGP ključeve, dodavati i brisati javne ključeve drugih osoba, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalni potpis na porukama, te slati kriptirane/digitalno potpisane poruke. - PGP: Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci - Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci + PGP: Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci + Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci - Ako je odabrana ova opcija svakoj poruci koja se šalje priložit će se kopija PGP javnog ključ korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). + Ako je odabrana ova opcija svakoj poruci koja se Å¡alje priložit će se kopija PGP javnog ključ korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). - PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima + PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima Uvod - Ovaj dio prikazuje listu svih kontakata u adresaru koji imaju uvezen PGP javni ključ. Samo za te korisnike moguće je 1) poslati kritpiranu poruku ili 2) provjeriti digitalni potpis na njihovim porukama. + Ovaj dio prikazuje listu svih kontakata u adresaru koji imaju uvezen PGP javni ključ. Samo za te korisnike moguće je 1) poslati kritpiranu poruku ili 2) provjeriti digitalni potpis na njihovim porukama. Pregled - Prikazuje PGP javni ključ u novom prozoru. + Prikazuje PGP javni ključ u novom prozoru. Detalji - Prikazuje detalje odabranog PGP javnog ključa. + Prikazuje detalje odabranog PGP javnog ključa. - Obriši + ObriÅ¡i - Briše odabrani javni ključ iz adresara. + BriÅ¡e odabrani javni ključ iz adresara. - PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - Uvoz - Uvezi javni ključ + PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - Uvoz + Uvezi javni ključ - Ovaj gumb otvara novi prozor koji služi za uvoz PGP javnih ključeva. Ključ je moguće iskopirati u tekstualno polje ili, ako se ključ nalazi u datoteci na računalu korisnika, prenijeti kao datoteku. Ako je uvoz uspješan ključ se dodaje u adresar korisnika i prozor za uvoz se zatvara. Kod neuspjelog uvoza prikazuje se tekst greške s opisom problema. + Ovaj gumb otvara novi prozor koji služi za uvoz PGP javnih ključeva. Ključ je moguće iskopirati u tekstualno polje ili, ako se ključ nalazi u datoteci na računalu korisnika, prenijeti kao datoteku. Ako je uvoz uspjeÅ¡an ključ se dodaje u adresar korisnika i prozor za uvoz se zatvara. Kod neuspjelog uvoza prikazuje se tekst greÅ¡ke s opisom problema. - PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima + PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima Pregled - Za digitalno potpisivanje poruka i primanje kriptiranih poruka potrebno je posjedovati osobni PGP par javni/privatni ključ. + Za digitalno potpisivanje poruka i primanje kriptiranih poruka potrebno je posjedovati osobni PGP par javni/privatni ključ. - Vaš javni ključ + VaÅ¡ javni ključ - Javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama koje vam trebaju slati kriptirane poruke koje samo vi možete dekriptirati (koristeći vaš privatni ključ). Također vaš javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama kojima šaljete digitalno potpisane poruke - javni ključ je potreban za provjeru digitalnog potpisa. + Javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama koje vam trebaju slati kriptirane poruke koje samo vi možete dekriptirati (koristeći vaÅ¡ privatni ključ). Također vaÅ¡ javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama kojima Å¡aljete digitalno potpisane poruke - javni ključ je potreban za provjeru digitalnog potpisa. - Vaš privatni ključ + VaÅ¡ privatni ključ - Vaš privatni ključ potreban je za dekriptiranje poruka kriptiranih pomoću vašeg javnog ključa. Također vaš privatni ključ se koristi za digitalno potpisivanje poruka koje šaljete. Privatni ključ zaštićen je lozinkom koja se zadaje prilikom generiranja ključa. Zbog to se kod svih akcija koje zahtijevaju korištenje privatnog ključa pojavljuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti samo jednom nakon prijave jer se lozinka pamti sve do odjave (zbog toga je bitno odjaviti se iz sustava). + VaÅ¡ privatni ključ potreban je za dekriptiranje poruka kriptiranih pomoću vaÅ¡eg javnog ključa. Također vaÅ¡ privatni ključ se koristi za digitalno potpisivanje poruka koje Å¡aljete. Privatni ključ zaÅ¡tićen je lozinkom koja se zadaje prilikom generiranja ključa. Zbog to se kod svih akcija koje zahtijevaju koriÅ¡tenje privatnog ključa pojavljuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti samo jednom nakon prijave jer se lozinka pamti sve do odjave (zbog toga je bitno odjaviti se iz sustava). - PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Javni ključ + PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Javni ključ Pregled - Prikazuje PGP ključ u novom prozoru. + Prikazuje PGP ključ u novom prozoru. Detalji - Prikazuje informacije o PGP javnom ključu korisnika. + Prikazuje informacije o PGP javnom ključu korisnika. - PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Privatni ključ + PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Privatni ključ Unesi lozinku - Prikazuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Unesena lozinka, ako je ispravna, ostati će zapamćena do odjave iz sustava. + Prikazuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Unesena lozinka, ako je ispravna, ostati će zapamćena do odjave iz sustava. Isprazni lozinku - Briše zapamćenu lozinku - svako slijedeće korištenje privatnog ključa zahtjevat će ponovan unos lozinke. + BriÅ¡e zapamćenu lozinku - svako slijedeće koriÅ¡tenje privatnog ključa zahtjevat će ponovan unos lozinke. Pregled - Prikazuje PGP privatni ključ u novom prozoru. NIKAD NE ŠALJITE OVAJ KLJUČ BILO KOME - ova mogućnost služi samo za izvoz privatnog ključa iz korisničkih postavki u druge programe. + Prikazuje PGP privatni ključ u novom prozoru. NIKAD NE Å ALJITE OVAJ KLJUČ BILO KOME - ova mogućnost služi samo za izvoz privatnog ključa iz korisničkih postavki u druge programe. Detalji - Prikazuje informacije o PGP privatnom ključu korisnika. + Prikazuje informacije o PGP privatnom ključu korisnika. - PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Brisanje - Obriši trenutne ključeve + PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Brisanje + ObriÅ¡i trenutne ključeve - Ovaj gumb služi za brisanje osobnog para javni/privatni ključ iz korisničkih postavku. + Ovaj gumb služi za brisanje osobnog para javni/privatni ključ iz korisničkih postavku. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Ime + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Ime Ime - Ime korisnika koje će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje je obavezno. + Ime korisnika koje će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje je obavezno. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Komentar + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Komentar Komentar - Komentar koji će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje nije obavezno. + Komentar koji će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje nije obavezno. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - E-mail adresa + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - E-mail adresa E-mail adresa - Adresa elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti sa osobnim ključem. Ovo polje je obavezno. + Adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te koja će se koristiti sa osobnim ključem. Ovo polje je obavezno. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Duljina ključa - Duljina ključa + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Duljina ključa + Duljina ključa - Duljina ključa (u bitima) koji će se generirati. Veće duljine pružaju veću zaštitu (ali duže traje da se ključ generira i pomoću njega kriptira). Duljina od 1024 bita je pretpostavljena i pruža vrlo dobru zaštitu. + Duljina ključa (u bitima) koji će se generirati. Veće duljine pružaju veću zaÅ¡titu (ali duže traje da se ključ generira i pomoću njega kriptira). Duljina od 1024 bita je pretpostavljena i pruža vrlo dobru zaÅ¡titu. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Lozinka + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Lozinka Lozinka - Lozinka koja služi za zaštitu i kriptiranje osobnog tajnog ključa. Trebala bi biti duga bar 6 znakova, različita od lozinke za prijavu, izbjegavati korištenje riječi iz rječnika te sadržavati brojeve i slova. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti dva puta zbog izbjegavanja grešaka u unosu. Ovo polje je obavezno. + Lozinka koja služi za zaÅ¡titu i kriptiranje osobnog tajnog ključa. Trebala bi biti duga bar 6 znakova, različita od lozinke za prijavu, izbjegavati koriÅ¡tenje riječi iz rječnika te sadržavati brojeve i slova. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti dva puta zbog izbjegavanja greÅ¡aka u unosu. Ovo polje je obavezno. - PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Akcije - Kreiraj ključeve + PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Akcije + Kreiraj ključeve - Generira i u korisničke postavke sprema par javni/privatni ključ. + Generira i u korisničke postavke sprema par javni/privatni ključ. - Uvezi par ključeva + Uvezi par ključeva - Uvozi par javni/privatni ključ. Klikom na ovaj gumb otvara se novi prozor koji omogućava uvoz postojećeg PGP para javni/privatni ključ. Ključeve je moguće prekopirati u polje za tekst ili prenijeti kao datoteku ako se ključevi nalaze na računalu korisnika. Ako su ključevi ispravni spremit će se u korisničke postavke i prozor će se zatvoriti dok će se za neispravne ključeve prikazati poruka s objašnjenjem zašto uvoz nije uspio. + Uvozi par javni/privatni ključ. Klikom na ovaj gumb otvara se novi prozor koji omogućava uvoz postojećeg PGP para javni/privatni ključ. Ključeve je moguće prekopirati u polje za tekst ili prenijeti kao datoteku ako se ključevi nalaze na računalu korisnika. Ako su ključevi ispravni spremit će se u korisničke postavke i prozor će se zatvoriti dok će se za neispravne ključeve prikazati poruka s objaÅ¡njenjem zaÅ¡to uvoz nije uspio. S/MIME: Pregled - Što je S/MIME? + Å to je S/MIME? - S/MIME je sustav u kojem parovi javnih/osobnih ključeva omogućavaju digitalni potpis, privatnost i otkrivanje neovlaštenih izmjena na otvoren i interoperabilan način. S/MIME ostvaruje privatnost kriptirajući poruke tako da ih samo pošiljatelj i zadani primatelji mogu dekriptirati. Putem digitalnog potpisa moguće je provjeriti identitet pošiljatelja poruke. Kriptiranje i digitalni potpis zajedno pomažu otkrivanju neovlaštenih izmjena, te omogućuju primatelju da odredi dali je poruka izmijenjena nakon slanja. + S/MIME je sustav u kojem parovi javnih/osobnih ključeva omogućavaju digitalni potpis, privatnost i otkrivanje neovlaÅ¡tenih izmjena na otvoren i interoperabilan način. S/MIME ostvaruje privatnost kriptirajući poruke tako da ih samo poÅ¡iljatelj i zadani primatelji mogu dekriptirati. Putem digitalnog potpisa moguće je provjeriti identitet poÅ¡iljatelja poruke. Kriptiranje i digitalni potpis zajedno pomažu otkrivanju neovlaÅ¡tenih izmjena, te omogućuju primatelju da odredi dali je poruka izmijenjena nakon slanja. Aktivirati S/MIME funkcije - Ako je ova opcija odabrana biti će moguće uvesti osobne S/MIME ključeve, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalne potpise na porukama, te kriptirati/potpisivati poruke koje se šalju. + Ako je ova opcija odabrana biti će moguće uvesti osobne S/MIME ključeve, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalne potpise na porukama, te kriptirati/potpisivati poruke koje se Å¡alju. - S/MIME: Osobni ključevi + S/MIME: Osobni ključevi Pregled - Ukoliko želite digitalno potpisivati poruke ili koristiti kriptiranje poruka potrebno je posjedovati S/MIME par javni/osobni ključ. + Ukoliko želite digitalno potpisivati poruke ili koristiti kriptiranje poruka potrebno je posjedovati S/MIME par javni/osobni ključ. @@ -568,7 +576,7 @@ S/MIME: Uvoz osobnog certifikata Uvoz osobnog certifikata - Uvozi osobni certifikat iz datoteke u PKCS #12 formatu. PKCS #12 datoteke obično se dobivaju izvozom ključeva iz web preglednika (npr. Internet Explorer, Firefox) ili iz spremišta certifikata operacijskog sustava (npr. Windows XP). Ispravni ključevi biti će dodani u korisničke postavke i prozor za uvoz će se zatvoriti, dok će se za neispravne certifikata pojaviti poruka zašto uvoz nije uspio. + Uvozi osobni certifikat iz datoteke u PKCS #12 formatu. PKCS #12 datoteke obično se dobivaju izvozom ključeva iz web preglednika (npr. Internet Explorer, Firefox) ili iz spremiÅ¡ta certifikata operacijskog sustava (npr. Windows XP). Ispravni ključevi biti će dodani u korisničke postavke i prozor za uvoz će se zatvoriti, dok će se za neispravne certifikata pojaviti poruka zaÅ¡to uvoz nije uspio. @@ -576,27 +584,27 @@ S/MIME: Brisanje osobnog certifikata Brisanje osobnog certifikata - Briše osobni certifikat korisnika iz postavki. Nakon brisanja više nije moguće potpisivati S/MIME poruke i čitati S/MIME kriptirane poruke poslane na osobnu adresu korisnika. + BriÅ¡e osobni certifikat korisnika iz postavki. Nakon brisanja viÅ¡e nije moguće potpisivati S/MIME poruke i čitati S/MIME kriptirane poruke poslane na osobnu adresu korisnika. - S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima + S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima + S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - Služi za upravljanje privjeskom javnih S/MIME ključeva. + Služi za upravljanje privjeskom javnih S/MIME ključeva. Pregled - Prikazuje izvorni tekst javnog ključa. + Prikazuje izvorni tekst javnog ključa. Detalji - Prikazuje tehničke detalje javnog ključa. + Prikazuje tehničke detalje javnog ključa. - Obriši + ObriÅ¡i - Briše odabrani javni ključ iz privjeska. Nakon brisanja javnog ključa korisnika više nije moguće kriptirati poruke za tog korisnika. + BriÅ¡e odabrani javni ključ iz privjeska. Nakon brisanja javnog ključa korisnika viÅ¡e nije moguće kriptirati poruke za tog korisnika. @@ -604,7 +612,7 @@ Ispis Ispis poruke - Trenutno prikazana poruka može se ispisati klikom na poveznicu "Ispis" iz popisa akcija prikazanog iznad ili ispod poruke. Poruka formatirana za ispis zatim će biti prikazana u novom prozoru. Ovisno u korištenom web pregledniku i operacijskom sustavu možda će se automatski prikazati i dijalog sa opcijama za ispis. Ako se dijalog za ispis ne pojavi moguće ga je otvoriti odabirom izbornika "File" i stavke "Print" u web pregledniku. + Trenutno prikazana poruka može se ispisati klikom na poveznicu "Ispis" iz popisa akcija prikazanog iznad ili ispod poruke. Poruka formatirana za ispis zatim će biti prikazana u novom prozoru. Ovisno u koriÅ¡tenom web pregledniku i operacijskom sustavu možda će se automatski prikazati i dijalog sa opcijama za ispis. Ako se dijalog za ispis ne pojavi moguće ga je otvoriti odabirom izbornika "File" i stavke "Print" u web pregledniku. @@ -612,131 +620,131 @@ Sortiranje i niz poruka Sortiranje poruka - Prikaz liste poruka moguće je sortirati po bilo kojem stupcu klikom na naziv stupca u zaglavlju stupca. Prijelaz između silaznog i uzlaznog sortiranja postiže se klikom na strelicu u zaglavlju stupca. + Prikaz liste poruka moguće je sortirati po bilo kojem stupcu klikom na naziv stupca u zaglavlju stupca. Prijelaz između silaznog i uzlaznog sortiranja postiže se klikom na strelicu u zaglavlju stupca. Niz poruka - Klikom na poveznicu [Niz] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovom, poruke je moguće grupirati po nitima rasprave (temi) tako da je svaka poruka grupirana sa svojim odgovorima. Povratak na uobičajeno sortiranje po naslovu poruke postiže se odabirom poveznice [Naslov] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovima poruka. + Klikom na poveznicu [Niz] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovom, poruke je moguće grupirati po nitima rasprave (temi) tako da je svaka poruka grupirana sa svojim odgovorima. Povratak na uobičajeno sortiranje po naslovu poruke postiže se odabirom poveznice [Naslov] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovima poruka. - Poruke sa više alternativnih dijelova + Poruke sa viÅ¡e alternativnih dijelova - Ponekad primljene poruke imaju postavljen tip poruke na "multipart/alternative". Takve poruke sastoje se od više dijelova koji svi prikazuju ISTI SADRŽAJ ali u RAZLIČITIM FORMATIMA. Webmail će u tom slučaju prikazati posljednji dio poruke koji se može prikazati u web pregledniku, ako takav dio uopće postoji. Svi ostali formati dostupni su preko stavke "Alternativni dijelovi ovog bloka" i mogu se pojedinačno pregledati i preuzeti. Važno je ponoviti da alternativni dijelovi imaju ISTI SADRŽAJ kao prikazani i razlikuju se samo u načinu formatiranja (npr. čisti tekst i HTML formatiranje). + Ponekad primljene poruke imaju postavljen tip poruke na "multipart/alternative". Takve poruke sastoje se od viÅ¡e dijelova koji svi prikazuju ISTI SADRŽAJ ali u RAZLIČITIM FORMATIMA. Webmail će u tom slučaju prikazati posljednji dio poruke koji se može prikazati u web pregledniku, ako takav dio uopće postoji. Svi ostali formati dostupni su preko stavke "Alternativni dijelovi ovog bloka" i mogu se pojedinačno pregledati i preuzeti. Važno je ponoviti da alternativni dijelovi imaju ISTI SADRŽAJ kao prikazani i razlikuju se samo u načinu formatiranja (npr. čisti tekst i HTML formatiranje). - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Preimenovati mapu poslana-pošta početkom mjeseca + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Preimenovati mapu poslana-poÅ¡ta početkom mjeseca - Uključite ovu opciju ako želite preimenovati mapu poslane pošte početkom svakom mjeseca. Nakon preimenovanja (u ime koje sadrži mjesec i godinu) napravit će se nova mapa za poslanu poštu. + Uključite ovu opciju ako želite preimenovati mapu poslane poÅ¡te početkom svakom mjeseca. Nakon preimenovanja (u ime koje sadrži mjesec i godinu) napravit će se nova mapa za poslanu poÅ¡tu. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati mape stare poslane pošte početkom mjeseca + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati mape stare poslane poÅ¡te početkom mjeseca - Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare mape s poslanom poštom početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika. + Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare mape s poslanom poÅ¡tom početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke poÅ¡te postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje mapa poslane pošte + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje mapa poslane poÅ¡te - Ako je uključeno brisanje mapa sa starom poslanom poštom, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju stare mape sa poslanom poštom? Mape starije od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisane. + Ako je uključeno brisanje mapa sa starom poslanom poÅ¡tom, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju stare mape sa poslanom poÅ¡tom? Mape starije od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisane. Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisati stare poruke iz mape s poslanim porukama - Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti mape s poslanom poštom. + Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti mape s poslanom poÅ¡tom. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često brisati poslane poruke + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često brisati poslane poruke - Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, koliko često se brišu poslane poruke? + Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poÅ¡tom, koliko često se briÅ¡u poslane poruke? - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poslanih poruka + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poslanih poruka - Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana bit će obrisane. + Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poÅ¡tom, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana bit će obrisane. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati povezane priloge početkom mjeseca + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati povezane priloge početkom mjeseca - Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare povezane priloge početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika. + Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare povezane priloge početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke poÅ¡te postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje starih povezanih priloga + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje starih povezanih priloga - Ako je uključeno brisanje starih povezanih priloga početkom svakog mjeseca, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju prilozi? Prilozi stariji od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisani. + Ako je uključeno brisanje starih povezanih priloga početkom svakog mjeseca, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju prilozi? Prilozi stariji od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisani. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Smeće + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Smeće - Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa smećem. + Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa smećem. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Smeće + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Smeće - Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, koliko često ju treba prazniti? + Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, koliko često ju treba prazniti? - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poruka u Smeću + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poruka u Smeću - Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane. + Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane. Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Spam - Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa neželjenim porukama. + Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa neželjenim porukama. - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Spam + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Spam - Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, koliko često ju treba prazniti? + Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, koliko često ju treba prazniti? - Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje Spam poruka + Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje Spam poruka - Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane. + Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane. Opcije: Sastavljanje poruka: Citiranje kod odgovora - Ovdje je moguće unijeti frazu za koju želite da se pojavi prije citiranog teksta kad odgovarate na poruku. + Ovdje je moguće unijeti frazu za koju želite da se pojavi prije citiranog teksta kad odgovarate na poruku. - U frazu je putem jedne ili više zamjena moguće dodati informacije o poruci na koju se odgovara. Zamjene se sastoje od simbola '%' i jednog slova. Na raspolaganju su sljedeće zamjene: + U frazu je putem jedne ili viÅ¡e zamjena moguće dodati informacije o poruci na koju se odgovara. Zamjene se sastoje od simbola '%' i jednog slova. Na raspolaganju su sljedeće zamjene: - %f : Ime i adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja - %a : Adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja - %p : Ime pošiljatelja + %f : Ime i adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te poÅ¡iljatelja + %a : Adresa elektroničke poÅ¡te poÅ¡iljatelja + %p : Ime poÅ¡iljatelja %r : Datum i vrijeme u punom RFC 2822 formatu %d : Datum u obliku ddd, dd mmm GGGG %x : Lokalizirani oblik datuma @@ -751,90 +759,124 @@ Opcije: Podrazumijevani skup znakova za primljene poruke - Postavlja pretpostavljeni skup znakova koji se koristi za tekstualne dijelove poruka koji nemaju eksplicitno definiran skup znakova. Prema RFC 2045 poruke bez postavljenog seta znakova prikazuju se koristeći 'US-ASCII' skup znakova. Ponekad se dešava da neispravni klijenti elektroničke pošte šalju tekstualne poruke u nekom drugom skupu znakova bez postavljanja odgovarajućih parametara u zaglavlju poruke. Postavite ovaj parametar na skup znakova koji će se koristiti za primljene poruke. Odabirom vrijednosti "Podrazumijevano" koristit će se MIME postavke. + Postavlja pretpostavljeni skup znakova koji se koristi za tekstualne dijelove poruka koji nemaju eksplicitno definiran skup znakova. Prema RFC 2045 poruke bez postavljenog seta znakova prikazuju se koristeći 'US-ASCII' skup znakova. Ponekad se deÅ¡ava da neispravni klijenti elektroničke poÅ¡te Å¡alju tekstualne poruke u nekom drugom skupu znakova bez postavljanja odgovarajućih parametara u zaglavlju poruke. Postavite ovaj parametar na skup znakova koji će se koristiti za primljene poruke. Odabirom vrijednosti "Podrazumijevano" koristit će se MIME postavke. - Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o pročitanome + Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o pročitanome - "Potvrda o pročitanome" šalje zahtjev primatelju da pošalje obavijest kada je poruka prikazana. Svi klijenti ne podržavaju i uvažavaju ovu opciju. + "Potvrda o pročitanome" Å¡alje zahtjev primatelju da poÅ¡alje obavijest kada je poruka prikazana. Svi klijenti ne podržavaju i uvažavaju ovu opciju. - - Opcije: Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome + + Opcije: PoÅ¡alji potvrdu o pročitanome - "Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome" šalje MDN (Message Disposition Notification) obavijest kada korisnik otvori poruku za koju je pošiljatelj tražio potvrdu o pročitanome. U većini slučajeve ovo se dešava automatski, bez potvrde korisnika. U određenim izoliranim slučajevima, korisnik treba odlučiti o slanju potvrde klikom na ponuđenu poveznicu. + "PoÅ¡alji potvrdu o pročitanome" Å¡alje MDN (Message Disposition Notification) obavijest kada korisnik otvori poruku za koju je poÅ¡iljatelj tražio potvrdu o pročitanome. U većini slučajeve ovo se deÅ¡ava automatski, bez potvrde korisnika. U određenim izoliranim slučajevima, korisnik treba odlučiti o slanju potvrde klikom na ponuđenu poveznicu. - + - Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci + Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci - "Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci" šalje zahtjev primateljevom poslužitelju elektroničke pošte da obavijesti pošiljatelja kada je poruka isporučena u primateljev poštanski sandučić. To ne znači sa je primatelj pročitao poruku, već samo da poruka čeka u poštanskom sandučiću. Svi poslužitelji elektroničke pošte ne podržavaju ovu mogućnost. + "Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci" Å¡alje zahtjev primateljevom poslužitelju elektroničke poÅ¡te da obavijesti poÅ¡iljatelja kada je poruka isporučena u primateljev poÅ¡tanski sandučić. To ne znači sa je primatelj pročitao poruku, već samo da poruka čeka u poÅ¡tanskom sandučiću. Svi poslužitelji elektroničke poÅ¡te ne podržavaju ovu mogućnost. - + Opcije: Brisanje Spam poruka nakon prijave - Nakon prijave poruke kao Spam ili Ne-spam moguće su sljedeće akcije. + Nakon prijave poruke kao Spam ili Ne-spam moguće su sljedeće akcije. + + + Prvo, moguće je ne dirati poruku - poruka je prijavljena kao spam ili ne-spam ali ostaje u svojoj trenutnoj mapi. + + + Drugo, ako je poruka prijavljena kao spam, poruka se odmah briÅ¡e. Ova postavka ne utječe na poruke prijavljene kao ne-spam. - Prvo, moguće je ne dirati poruku - poruka je prijavljena kao spam ili ne-spam ali ostaje u svojoj trenutnoj mapi. + Treće, nakon prijave poruke kao spam, poruka se briÅ¡e iz trenutne mape i sprema u mapu za neželjene poruke. Ako je poruka prijavljena kao ne-spam, poruka se briÅ¡e iz trenutne mape i sprema u poÅ¡tanski sandučić. + + + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. - Drugo, ako je poruka prijavljena kao spam, poruka se odmah briše. Ova postavka ne utječe na poruke prijavljene kao ne-spam. + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. - Treće, nakon prijave poruke kao spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u mapu za neželjene poruke. Ako je poruka prijavljena kao ne-spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u poštanski sandučić. + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. Opcije: Blokiraj HTML slike - Trebaju li kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka slike biti blokirane dok se ne zatraži njihov pregled? Napomena da će kod pregleda HTML priloga slike uvijek biti prikazane. + Trebaju li kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka slike biti blokirane dok se ne zatraži njihov pregled? Napomena da će kod pregleda HTML priloga slike uvijek biti prikazane. - Opcije: Prikaži HTML slike za pošiljatelje iz adresara + Opcije: Prikaži HTML slike za poÅ¡iljatelje iz adresara - Ako je uključeno blokiranje slika kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka, trebaju li se slike ipak prikazati ako se pošiljatelj već nalazi u adresaru korisnika? + Ako je uključeno blokiranje slika kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka, trebaju li se slike ipak prikazati ako se poÅ¡iljatelj već nalazi u adresaru korisnika? - Opcije: Početna stranica prikaza mape + Opcije: Početna stranica prikaza mape - Određuje koji će se dio poruka u mapi prikazati kod prvog pristupa mapi. + Određuje koji će se dio poruka u mapi prikazati kod prvog pristupa mapi. Opcije: Spremanje priloga poslanih poruka - Ako se poslane poruke spremaju u mapu s poslanim porukama, ova opcija određuje dali se spremaju i prilozi. Dostupne su slijedeće opcije: + Ako se poslane poruke spremaju u mapu s poslanim porukama, ova opcija određuje dali se spremaju i prilozi. Dostupne su slijedeće opcije: * "Uvijek spremi priloge" - NIKAD ne pita za spremanje priloga kod pisanja poruke; prilozi se UVIJEK spremaju sa poslanom porukom. - * "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je DA" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je spremanje priloga s porukom. - * "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je NE" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je da se prilog ne sprema s porukom. + * "Upitaj svaki put kada se Å¡alje prilog; zadano je DA" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je spremanje priloga s porukom. + * "Upitaj svaki put kada se Å¡alje prilog; zadano je NE" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je da se prilog ne sprema s porukom. * "Nikad ne spremaj priloge" - NIKAD ne pita za spremanje priloga kod pisanja poruke; prilozi se NIKAD ne spremaju sa poslanom porukom. - Mape: Virtualni sandučić + Mape: Virtualni sandučić - Virtualni sandučić je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu pregledavanja mapa u potrazi za novim porukama. Umjesto toga, sve pretplaćene mape se pretražuju za novim porukama i pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno. + Virtualni sandučić je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu pregledavanja mapa u potrazi za novim porukama. Umjesto toga, sve pretplaćene mape se pretražuju za novim porukama i pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno. - Mape: Virtualno smeće + Mape: Virtualno smeće - Virtualno smeće je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu za posebnom mapom za obrisane poruke. Umjesto premještanja obrisanih poruka u centraliziranu mapu za smeće, poruke se samo označavaju kao obrisane u mapama gdje se nalaze. Ako se isključi opcija prikaz obrisanih poruka, obrisane poruke se više neće vidjeti u popisu poruka. Odabirom mape Virtualno smeće, sve mape se pretražuju za porukama koje su označene kao obrisane i sve pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno. + Virtualno smeće je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu za posebnom mapom za obrisane poruke. Umjesto premjeÅ¡tanja obrisanih poruka u centraliziranu mapu za smeće, poruke se samo označavaju kao obrisane u mapama gdje se nalaze. Ako se isključi opcija prikaz obrisanih poruka, obrisane poruke se viÅ¡e neće vidjeti u popisu poruka. Odabirom mape Virtualno smeće, sve mape se pretražuju za porukama koje su označene kao obrisane i sve pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno. diff --git a/imp/locale/hu_HU/help.xml b/imp/locale/hu_HU/help.xml index abfc706f8..ee0d3e722 100644 --- a/imp/locale/hu_HU/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/hu_HU/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Levélírás: funkciógombok Funkciógombok @@ -67,14 +62,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Levélírás: A feladó azonosítója "A feladó azonosítója" @@ -90,7 +87,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Depending on your setup you can choose from a drop down list an identity that you entered under "Options->Personal Information", or you can enter the mail address in a text field that you want to use as the sender of this message. --> - + + Levélírás: Címzett "Címzett" @@ -106,7 +104,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Levélírás: Cc "Cc (carbon copy, másolat)" @@ -130,7 +129,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Levélírás: Bcc "Bcc (blind carbon copy, titkos másolat)" @@ -159,7 +159,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Levélírás: Tárgy "Tárgy" @@ -192,14 +193,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Levélírás: Opciók "Opciók" @@ -273,7 +276,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. In your options you can also setup maintenance tasks that empty or rename these folders periodically. --> - + + Levélírás: Mellékletek "Mellékletek" @@ -324,7 +328,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Update Attachment Information". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -361,70 +366,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority Priority This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Keresés a levelek között - A keresés módja - - A levelei között többféle szempont szerint is végezhet keresést. - - 1. lépés: - Írjuk be a megfelelő mezőbe a keresési kritériumot. A 'Feladó', - 'Címzett', 'Cc' mezőkbe az email cím egy részlete is írható, a tárgy - ill. levéltörzs részbe pedig egy szó vagy szórészlet írható. - - 2. lépés: - Ha szükséges, adja meg, hogy milyen jelzetű levelekre kívánja a keresést - leszűkíteni. - - 3. lépés: - Adja meg, hogy melyik mappákra kívánja a keresést leszűkíteni. - - 4. lépés: - Kattintson a "Keresés" gombra. - - - Amennyiben eredményes volt a keresés, a talált levelek tárgyai - kilistázódnak a "Keresés eredménye" c. ablakban. - - - + + Mappák Mappákkal végzett műveletek @@ -451,7 +416,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Szűrők: Alkalmazás A szűrők bekapcsolása @@ -474,63 +440,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all messages according to the specified rules. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -562,7 +545,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -573,14 +557,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -599,14 +585,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -621,7 +609,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -632,7 +621,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -651,49 +641,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Passphrase The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -704,7 +701,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -715,28 +713,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -755,14 +757,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -773,97 +777,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -885,31 +905,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -924,25 +949,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -953,16 +995,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/it_IT/help.xml b/imp/locale/it_IT/help.xml index a24c50917..0b3ef8cda 100644 --- a/imp/locale/it_IT/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/it_IT/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Composizione Messaggio: Azioni Azioni @@ -57,14 +52,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Composizione Messaggio: Da "Da" @@ -79,7 +76,8 @@ a. Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Composizione Messaggio : A "A" @@ -94,7 +92,8 @@ ra punteggiatura darebbe errore. Ciò che scrivi segue "A:" nella posta in uscit Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Composizione Messaggio: Cc "Cc" @@ -112,7 +111,8 @@ atari. Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Composizione Messaggio: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -131,7 +131,8 @@ ai dicendo qualcosa a qualcuno senza interessare il destinatario diretto della m Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Composizione Messaggio: Oggetto "Oggetto" @@ -150,14 +151,16 @@ inario(i) possono seguire il "filo". Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Composizione Messaggio: Opzioni "Opzioni" @@ -195,7 +198,8 @@ ola inutilizzabile. Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Composizione Messaggio : Allegati "Allegati" @@ -217,7 +221,8 @@ ola inutilizzabile. Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -254,51 +259,30 @@ ola inutilizzabile. Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Ricerca Messaggio - Criterio di Ricerca - - Ancora in fase di stesura. - - - + + Gestione Cartelle Opzioni Cartella @@ -324,7 +308,8 @@ se la cancellassi per errore! This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filtri: Applica Applica Regole di Filtro @@ -340,63 +325,80 @@ plicati automaticamente. Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -428,7 +430,8 @@ plicati automaticamente. TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -439,14 +442,16 @@ plicati automaticamente. If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -465,14 +470,16 @@ plicati automaticamente. Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -487,7 +494,8 @@ plicati automaticamente. Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -498,7 +506,8 @@ plicati automaticamente. Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -517,49 +526,56 @@ plicati automaticamente. Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -570,7 +586,8 @@ plicati automaticamente. Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -581,28 +598,32 @@ plicati automaticamente. If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -621,14 +642,16 @@ plicati automaticamente. Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -639,97 +662,113 @@ plicati automaticamente. To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -751,31 +790,36 @@ plicati automaticamente. %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -790,25 +834,42 @@ plicati automaticamente. Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -819,16 +880,19 @@ plicati automaticamente. * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/ko_KR/help.xml b/imp/locale/ko_KR/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/ko_KR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/ko_KR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/nb_NO/help.xml b/imp/locale/nb_NO/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/nb_NO/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/nb_NO/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/nl_NL/help.xml b/imp/locale/nl_NL/help.xml index 9bfca1b35..e87e07dcf 100644 --- a/imp/locale/nl_NL/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/nl_NL/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Nieuw bericht: Bewerkingen Bewerkingen @@ -52,14 +47,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Nieuw bericht: Van "Van" @@ -73,7 +70,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Nieuw bericht: Aan "Aan" @@ -87,7 +85,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Nieuw bericht: Cc "Cc" @@ -101,7 +100,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Nieuw bericht: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Nieuw bericht: Onderwerp "Onderwerp" @@ -129,14 +130,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Nieuw bericht: Opties "Opties" @@ -168,7 +171,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Nieuw bericht: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -190,7 +194,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -227,51 +232,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Zoeken - Zoekcriteria - - Deze helptekst moet nog geschreven worden. - - - + + Mappen: Mapnavigator Mapnavigator @@ -295,7 +279,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Toepassen Filterregels toepassen @@ -309,63 +294,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -397,7 +399,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -408,14 +411,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -434,14 +439,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -456,7 +463,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -467,7 +475,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -486,49 +495,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -539,7 +555,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -550,28 +567,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -590,14 +611,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -608,97 +631,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -720,31 +759,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -759,25 +803,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -788,16 +849,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/pl_PL/help.xml b/imp/locale/pl_PL/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/pl_PL/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/pl_PL/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/pt_BR/help.xml b/imp/locale/pt_BR/help.xml index 74bffdbc8..cedc5570a 100644 --- a/imp/locale/pt_BR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/pt_BR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Composição de Mensagem: Ações Ações @@ -229,15 +224,33 @@ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing. +--> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Composição de Mensagem: De "De" @@ -278,43 +291,56 @@ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as. +--> - + + Composição de Mensagem: Para "Para" Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) do(s) destinatário(s) para sua mensagem. Você deve separar cada endereço com uma vírgula. Outro tipo de pontuação resultará em erro. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "To:" na mensagem a ser enviada. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Cc "Cc" Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) do(s) destinatário(s) que receberão uma cópia carbono de sua mensagem. Separe cada endereço com uma vírgula. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "Cc:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Cópias Carbono são geralmente enviadas para outras pessoas que não as contatadas diretamente mas também são importantes destinatários para a mensagem, geralmente alguém indiretamente envolvido no assunto da mensagem. Ambos tipos de destinatários, "Para:" e "Cc:", podem ver toda a lista de endereços de ambos os tipos. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Cco "Cco" Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) daqueles que receberão uma cópia carbono oculta de sua mensagem. Você deve separar cada endereço com uma vírgula, outro tipo de pontuação resultará em erro. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "Bcc:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Cópias carbono ocultas são geralmente enviadas para pessoas que não os destinatários diretos e indiretos ("Para:" e "Cc:") que precisam ler o que está sendo escrito mas sem o conhecimento dos outros destinatários da mensagem. Somente eles e você saberão que eles receberam uma cópia da mensagem. Você geralmente usa esta opção para informar um superior que você está dizendo algo para uma pessoa, porém sem alarmá-la. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Título "Assunto" Preencha o assunto de sua mensagem. O texto preenchido constará do campo "Subject:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Seja breve, simples e descritivo. A linha Assunto é a forma mais fácil de você e seus correspondentes se lembrarem do que se tratava a mensagem e é muito importante para organizar suas mensagens e encontrar as importantes mais tarde. Também, quando você 'Responder' ou 'Encaminhar' esta mensagem, o Assunto será copiado para a nova mensagem e esta é uma forma de dizer quais mensagens formam a "discussão" de uma conversação. Entretando, se sua resposta ou encaminhamento contém novas idéias, você pode querer adicionar pequenas modificaçõs ao assunto, assim os destinatários podem seguir o progresso da "discussão". - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Opções "Opções" @@ -330,7 +356,8 @@ Ative o botão ao lado de "Salvar uma cópia em" para salvar uma cópia desta mensagem na sua pasta "Enviados". Salve cópias de mensagens importantes que você envia para você ter referências posteriores e para você ter um registro preciso do que você disse. Nós não recomendamos você gravar todas as mensagens, pois sua caixa-postal encherá rapidamente (especialmente quando você envia anexos) o deixando inapto a receber novas mensagens. Você pode, entretanto, deixar esta opcção sempre ligada utilizando 'Opções' na na barra de navegação ao topo. Tome cuidado ao utilizar esta opção, pois você terá que periodicamente limpar a pasta de mensagens enviadas ou isto deixará sua caixa-postal cheia e inutilizável. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Anexos "Anexos" @@ -672,8 +699,27 @@ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload. +--> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -710,66 +756,30 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Composição de Mensagem: Prioridade Prioridade Inseri o cabeçalho "X-Priority" nas mensagens a serem enviadas. O cabeçalho "X-Priority" é um tipo de "pseudo padrão" ao qual os clientes de correio Netscape, Mozilla, Opera e Outlook parecem estar de acordo. Qualquer cliente de correio que não lida com este cabeçalho simplesmente o ignorará. - + + Composição de Mensagens: Salvar Anexos Determina se os anexos em sua composição são salvos com a mensagem quando armazenados na pasta "Enviados". Se "SIM", os dados do anexo serão salvos. Se "NÃO", os dados do anexo serão removidos da mensagem após ela ser enviada para todos os destinatários. Escolhendo "Não" ajudará a conservar espaço em disco ao remover anexos (potencialmente grandes) de suas mensagens. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Procurar - Critérios da Procura - - Você pode procurar por mensagens em suas pastas utilizando diferentes critérios de busca. - - Passo 1: Preencha o texto para os campos que você quer adicionar ao critério de busca. - - Passo 2: Escolha o(s) marcador(es) da(s) mensagem(ns) que você quer adicionar ao critério de busca. - - Passo 3: Escolha a(s) pasta(s) onde procurar as mensagens. - - Passo 4: Clique em "Enviar". - - - Se alguma mensagem for encontrada, os assuntos destas mensagens serão exibidos em "Resultados da Procura". - - - + + Gerenciamento de Pastas Navegador de Pastas @@ -1763,71 +1773,158 @@ Collapse all folder entries. +--> - + + Filtros: Aplicar Aplicar Filtros Clique no ícone "Aplicar Filtro em" ao lado do nome da pasta na visualização da caixa postal para filtrar todas as mensagens não excluídas de acordo com as regras especificadas. - + + Filtros: Editar Regras de Filtro Editar Suas Regras de Filtros Clique em "Editar suas regras de filtro" para ir para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar o conjunto de regras de filtro que estejam ativas. - + + Filtros: Editar Lista Negra Editar Sua Lista Negra Clique em "Editar sua lista negra" para ir para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar a lista de endereços de e-mail de remetentes de quem você SEMPRE vai recusar mensagens. - + + Filtros: Editar Lista Branca Editar Sua Lista Branca Clique em "Editar sua lista branca" para ser encaminhado para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar a lista de endereços de remetentes de quem você SEMPRE vai aceitar mensagens. - + + Filtros: Filtrar ao conectar Aplicar Regras de Filtro ao Conectar? Ative esta opção para sempre aplicar filtros quando conectar ao IMP. - + + Filtros: Filtrar ao Atualizar Aplicar regras de filtro sempre que a Caixa de Entrada for exibida? Ative esta opção para sempre aplicar filtros ao exibir a Caixa de Entrada. - + + Filtros: Filtrar qualquer Caixa Postal Aplicar regras de filtro em qualquer caixa postal? Ative esta opção se você deseja permitir aplicar regras de filtro em qualquer caixa postal. Normalmente, regras de filtro se aplicam somente a novas mensagens que são entregues em sua Caixa de Entrada. Se esta opção estiver ativa, um ícone aparecerá em todas as páginas da caixa postal permitindo você aplicar regras de filtro em todas as mensagens na caixa postal atual. NOTA: Filtrar em outras caixas postais que não a Caixa de Entrada pode produzir resultados estranhos (ex.: o filtro pode fazer com que uma cópia da mensagem seja entregue para a mesma caixa postal) e/ou indesejados (ex.: isto pode fazer com que mensagens sejam movidas/excluídas se uma nova regra de filtro foi implementada desde a mensagem ter sido entregue na caixa postal atual). - + + PGP: Anexar Chave Pública Anexar Chave Pública Se selecionado, uma cópia de sua chave publica PGP, se existir, será anexada nas mensagens que você enviar. Você pode configurar um comportamento padrão na tela de Opções de PGP. - + + PGP: Examinar Corpo das Mensagens Examinar Corpo das Mensagens Se selecionado, IMP examinará o corpo de todas as mensagens texto procurando por informações PGP, e mostrará os resultados caso seja encontrado. Note que isto pode degradar o sistema já que toda mensagem será examinada por completo a procura de informações PGP. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Composição de Mensagem: Opções de Criptografia Sem Criptografia @@ -2148,8 +2245,48 @@ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information. +--> - + + PGP: Visão Geral O que é PGP? @@ -2160,14 +2297,16 @@ Se esta opção estiver selecionada, você será apto a criar/visualizar suas chaves pessoais PGP, adicionar/excluir chaves públicas de outras pessoas, ler mensagens criptografadas, verificar mensagens assinadas digitalmente e criptografar/assinar suas mensagens ao enviar. - + + PGP: Opções - Anexar Chave Pública Opções - Anexar Chave Pública Se selecionado, uma cópia de sua chave publica PGP, se existir, será por padrão anexada a todas as mensagens enviadas. - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Públicas Visão Geral @@ -2186,14 +2325,16 @@ Exclui a chave pública de seu catálogo de endereços. - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Públicas - Importar Importar Chave Pública Este botão abrirá uma janela onde você pode manualmente importar uma chave pública PGP. A chave pode ser colada dentro do campo texto ou, se a chave pública estiver em um arquivo no seu computador, você pode importá-la. Se a chave pública for válida ela será inserida em seu catálogo de endereços e a janela fechará; se não for válida, uma mensagem de erro será retornada explicando o porquê. - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais Visão Geral @@ -2208,7 +2349,8 @@ Sua chave privada é necessária para descriptografar uma mensagem criptografada utilizando sua chave pública. Adicionalmente, sua chave privada é necessária se você deseja assinar digitalmente uma mensagem. Sua chave privada será protegida por uma senha criada quando a chave foi gerada. Assim, para executar qualquer atividade que requeira sua chave privada, o IMP lhe solicitará sua senha. Você necessita inserir sua senha somente uma vez por sessão - o IMP armazenará sua senha até você desconectar (Certifique-se de desconectar!). - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Privadas - Chaves Públicas Ver @@ -2219,7 +2361,8 @@ Exibe alguns detalhes sobre sua chave pública PGP. - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais - Chaves Privadas Forneça a Senha @@ -2238,35 +2381,40 @@ Exibe alguns detalhes sobre a chave privada PGP. - + + PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais - Excluir Excluir Chaves Atuais Este botão excluirá seu par pessoal de chaves pública/privada das preferências do IMP. - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Nome Nome O nome que você quer associar às suas chaves pessoais. Campo obrigatório. - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Comentário Comentário Um comentário a ser associado às suas chaves privadas. Campo opcional. - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Endereço de E-mail Endereço de E-mail O endereço de e-mail que você quer associar a suas chaves pessoais. Campo obrigatório. - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Tamanho da Chave Tamanho da Chave @@ -2405,8 +2553,16 @@ The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection. +--> - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Senha SEnha @@ -2414,7 +2570,8 @@ ser baseada em uma palavra do dicionário e deve incluir ambos números e letras. Você deve fornecer esta senha duas vezes para propósitos de verificação. Campo obrigatório. - + + PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Ações Criar Chave @@ -2435,7 +2592,8 @@ Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. --> - + + S/MIME: Visão Geral O que é S/MIME? @@ -2446,28 +2604,32 @@ Se esta opção for selecionada, você estará apto a importar seu par pessoal de chaves S/MIME, ler mensagens criptografadas, verificar mensagens assinadas digitalmente, e criptografar/assinar as mensagens que enviar. - + + S/MIME: Chaves Pessoais Visão Geral Se você quiser assinar digitalmente ou criptografar mensagens você deve possuir seu próprio par de chaves pública/privada S/MIME. - + + S/MIME: Importar Certificados Pessoais Importar Certificados Pessoais Importa certificados pessoais de um arquivo em formato PKCS #12. PKCS #12 é um arquivo geralmente gerado quando se exporta uma chave a partir de um navegador (ex.: Internet Explorer, Firefox) ou a partir de um certificado armazenado e mantido pelo Sistema Operacional (ex.: Windows XP). Se suas chaves forem válidas elas serão inseridas em suas preferências e a janela se fechará; se não forem válidas, uma mensagem de erro será retornada explicando o porquê. - + + S/MIME: Excluir Certificados Pessoais Excluir Certificados Pessoais Exclui seus certificados pessoais de suas preferências. Você não será mais apto a assinar mensagens com S/MIME ou visualizar qualquer mensagem criptografada com S/MIME enviada a você. - + + S/MIME: Gerenciar Chaves Públicas S/MIME: Gerenciar Chaves Públicas @@ -2486,14 +2648,16 @@ Exclui do repositório a chave pública selecionada. Excluir uma chave pública previnirá você de criptografar uma mensagem para o usuário em questão. - + + Imprimindo Imprimir a Mensagem Para imprimir uma mensagem que você estiver visualizando, clique no link "Imprimir" no topo ou no rodapé da mensagem. A mensagem será aberta em uma nova janela formatada para impressão. Dependendo do seu navegador e sistema operacional, uma caixa de diálogo se abrirá para você. Se ela não se abrir, então selecione o menu "Arquivo" de seu navegador e escolha "Imprimir" para abrir a caixa de diálogo de impressão. - + + Ordenando e Agrupando por Discussão Ordenar Registros @@ -2504,97 +2668,113 @@ Agrupa mensagens por discussão (assunto), com isto todas as mensagens serão agrupadas com suas respostas, clicando no link [Discussão] no cabeçalho da coluna assunto. - + + Mensagens do tipo Multipart/Alternative Alguma mensagem foi enviada como sendo do tipo "multipart/alternative". Estas mensagens possuem diversas partes, todas mostrando o MESMO CONTEÚDO mas em DIFERENTES FORMATOS. O cliente de correio mostrará a última parte da lista que possa ser visualizada corretamente no navegador, caso haja alguma. Todos os outros formatos aparecerão abaixo do título "Partes alternativas para esta seção" e podem ser visualizados e baixados separadamente. É importante notar que estas partes alternativas possuem o MESMO CONTEÚDO que a parte que está sendo mostrada - eles estão simplesmente em outros formatos (ex.: texto vs. HTML). - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Renomear "Enviados" mensalmente Ative esta opção se você gostaria de renomear sua pasta "Enviados" ao início de cada mês. A pasta será renomeada (para um nome que contenha mês e ano) e uma nova pasta "Enviados" será criada. - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir mensalmente pastas "Enviados" antigas Ative esta opção que se você gostaria de excluir pastas "Enviados" antigas ao início de cada mês. Isto pode ser útil se você possui quota, por exemplo. - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Pasta "Enviados" Mensalmente - Número de Pastas a Manter Se você estiver excluindo pastas "Enviados" todo mês, quantos meses de pastas antigas você gostaria de manter? Qualquer pasta mais antiga que o número de meses especificados será excluída. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Mensalmente Anexos Ligados Ative esta opção se você gostaria de excluir antigos anexos ligados ao início de cada mês. Isto pode ser útil se você possui quota, por exemplo. - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Mensalmente Anexos Ligados - Número de Meses a Manter Se você está excluindo antigos anexos ligado todo mês, quantos meses de de antigos anexos você gostaria de manter? Qualquer anexo mais antigo que o número de meses especificados será excluído. - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Esvaziar Lixeira Você gostaria de esvaziar sua pasta Lixeira freqüentemente? - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Freqüência para Esvaziar Lixeira Se você está esvaziando sua pasta Lixeira, em que freqüência ela deveria ser esvaziada? - + + Preferências: Manutenção: Mensagens Mantidas ao Esvaziar Lixeira Se você está esvaziando sua pasta Lixeira, mensagens mais velhas que quantos dias deverão ser apagadas? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferências: Composição de Mensagem: Texto de Atribuição Aqui você pode fornecer a frase que você deseja que apareça antes de qualquer citação de texto em uma resposta que você enviou. @@ -2616,31 +2796,42 @@ %% : O sinal '%' - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferências: Solicitar Confirmação de Leitura "Solicitar Confirmação de Leitura" envia uma solicitação aos destinatários desta mensagem para notificar você quando esta mensagem for aberta por eles. Nem todos os clientes de correio suportam/honram isto. - + + Preferências: Enviar NDM "Enviar NDM" envia uma Notificação de Disposição da Mensagem (também conhecida como Confirmação de Leitura) quando você visualizar uma mensagem na qual o usuário solicitou que ele receba uma notificação que você leu a mensagem. Em muitos casos, isto acontecerá automaticamente sem perguntar a você. Em certos casos isolados, você pode ter que manualmente decidir em enviar a notificação ao clicar em um link. - - + + + Preferências: Solicitar Confirmação de Entrega "Solicitar Confirmação de Entrega" envia ao servidor de e-mail do destinatário uma solicitação de notificação quando a mensagem for entregue na caixa postal do destinatário. Isto não significa que a mensagem foi lida, simplesmente ela está em uma caixa postal em algum lugar. Nem todos os servidores de e-mail suportam isto. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -2655,19 +2846,35 @@ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferências: Substituição de Imagem HTML Para mensagens HTML exibidas incorporadas, deverão todas as imagens serem bloqueadas até você especificamente decidir em ver estas imagens? Note que ao visualizar um anexo HTML, as imagens sempre serão mostradas. - + + Preferências: Substituição de Imagem HTML/Exibir Catálogo de Endereços Ao bloquear imagens HTML, deveríamos mostrá-las automaticamente se o remetente estiver em seu catálogo de endereços? - + + Preferências: Página Inicial da Caixa Postal Determina qual página na caixa postal será mostrada quando você acessar a caixa postal pela primeira vez. Note que as opções de mensagens "Não Lidas" não funcionarão com a opção de ordenar por "Discussão" - ao invés disto, você será enviado para a última página vista. @@ -2738,8 +2945,15 @@ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. +--> - + + Preferências: Salvar anexos nas Mensagens Enviadas Ao salvar mensagem na pasta "Enviados", determina se todos os dados serão salvos. As seguintes opções estão disponíveis: @@ -2750,16 +2964,19 @@ * "Perguntar sempre que um anexo for enviado; padrão NÃO" - SEMPRE pergunta se salvará anexos na janela de composição; o padrão é não salvar os anexos. * "Nunca salvar anexos" - NUNCA perguntar, na tela de composição de mensagem, se salvará anexos; os anexos NUNCA são salvos com a mensagem. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/pt_PT/help.xml b/imp/locale/pt_PT/help.xml index 4f84e25ec..026d24199 100644 --- a/imp/locale/pt_PT/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/pt_PT/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/ru_RU/help.xml b/imp/locale/ru_RU/help.xml index 1e51d147c..8d8fa4bc8 100644 --- a/imp/locale/ru_RU/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/ru_RU/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Составление письма: Действия Действия @@ -54,21 +49,24 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. - + + Составление письма: Кому "Кому:" @@ -84,7 +82,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Составление письма: Cc "Cc" @@ -98,7 +97,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Составление письма: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -112,7 +112,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Составление письма: Тема "Тема" @@ -126,14 +127,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Составление письма: Настройки "Настройки" @@ -165,7 +168,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Составление письма: Прикрепленные "Прикрепленные" @@ -187,7 +191,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -224,51 +229,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Поиск - Критерий поиска - - Подсказка еще не написана. - - - + + Управление папками Настройки папок @@ -292,70 +276,88 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -387,7 +389,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -398,14 +401,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -424,14 +429,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -446,7 +453,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -457,7 +465,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -476,49 +485,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -529,7 +545,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -540,28 +557,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -580,14 +601,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -598,97 +621,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -710,31 +749,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -749,25 +793,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -778,16 +839,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/sk_SK/help.xml b/imp/locale/sk_SK/help.xml index c1104988c..10f9520cd 100644 --- a/imp/locale/sk_SK/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/sk_SK/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Písanie správy: Akcie Akcie @@ -60,14 +55,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Písanie správy: Od "Od" @@ -82,7 +79,8 @@ odchádzajúcich e-mailoch v hlavičke "Od:". Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Písanie správy: Pre "Pre" @@ -98,7 +96,8 @@ iného znaku spôsobí chybu. Zadaná hodnota sa zobrazuje v e-mailovej hlavičk Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Písanie správy: Cc "Cc" @@ -117,7 +116,8 @@ dávate niekomu niečo na vedomie). VÅ¡etci príjemcovia uvedení v "Pre:" a Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Písanie správy: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ nepriami ("Cc:") príjemcovia vedeli. Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Písanie správy: Predmet "Predmet" @@ -156,14 +157,16 @@ videl vývoj "vlákna". Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Písanie správy: Možnosti "Možnosti" @@ -204,7 +207,8 @@ vÅ¡ak pravidelne vyprázdňujte priečinok s odoslanou poÅ¡tou! Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Písanie správy: Prílohy "Attachments" @@ -227,7 +231,8 @@ vymazanie prílohy: Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -264,51 +269,30 @@ vymazanie prílohy: Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Vyhľadávanie správy - Kritérium hľadania - - Zadajte platné kritérium hľadania. - - - + + Správa priečinkov Možnosti priečinka @@ -336,7 +320,8 @@ správ v tomto priečinku! This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filtre: AplikovaÅ¥ AplikovaÅ¥ filtrovacie pravidlá @@ -353,63 +338,80 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -441,7 +443,8 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -452,14 +455,16 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -478,14 +483,16 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -500,7 +507,8 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -511,7 +519,8 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -530,49 +539,56 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -583,7 +599,8 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -594,28 +611,32 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -634,14 +655,16 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -652,97 +675,113 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -764,31 +803,36 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -803,25 +847,42 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -832,16 +893,19 @@ Filtrovanie sa nespúšťa automaticky. * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/sv_SE/help.xml b/imp/locale/sv_SE/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/sv_SE/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/sv_SE/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/tr_TR/help.xml b/imp/locale/tr_TR/help.xml index b9d3b7a29..9cc534034 100644 --- a/imp/locale/tr_TR/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/tr_TR/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: İşlemler İşlemler @@ -229,15 +224,33 @@ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing. +--> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kimden "Kimden" @@ -278,15 +291,24 @@ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as. +--> - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kime Kime Mesajınızın alıcısı için doğru email adresini girin. Fazla alıcı girmek için, email adreslerini virgüllerle ayırın. Herhangi diğer noktalama işaretlerinin email adreslerini ayırmak için kullanımı hataya sebep olur." - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kopya Kopya @@ -296,7 +318,8 @@ Mesajınızın karbon kopya alıcısı için doğru email adresini girin. Fazla Karbon Kopyalar genellikle mesajın direkt alıcısı olmayan kişilere gönderilir, ama bilgilenmek açısından mesajı almaya gereksinim duyabilirler, genellikle emailin konusu ile dolaylı olarak ilgilidirler. Bütün "Kime:" alıcıları ve "Kopya:" alıcıları her iki tür alıcı listesinin tamamını görebilirler." - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Gizli Kopya "Gizli Kopya" @@ -306,7 +329,8 @@ Mesajınızın görünmez karbon kopya alıcısı için doğru email adresini gi Görünmez karbon kopyalar genellikle diğer alıcıların da o emaili aldığını BÄ°LMEDEN yazılanı okuması gereken alıcılara gönderilir. Böylece "görünmez" bu alıcıların kimliğinin emailin bütün diğer alıcılarından saklandığı anlamına gelir. Sadece siz gönderen ve "Gizli Kopya" alıcıları bir kopya aldıklarını bilecekler." - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Konu "Konu" @@ -316,14 +340,16 @@ Görünmez karbon kopyalar genellikle diğer alıcıların da o emaili aldığı Ayrıca , bir emaili "Reply" veya "Forward" ederken, bu konu satırı yeni mesajınkine kopyalanır bu email konuşmasında hangi mesajların birlikte giderek bir "akıcılık" oluşturduğunu fark etmek açısından çok yararlı bir yoldur. Bir öneri olarak, eğer replied veya forwarded mesajlar yeni fikirler içeriyorsa, "Konu" satırını alıcıların "akıcılık" ilerlemesini takip edebilmeleri için biraz değiştirmek isteyebilirsiniz." - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Seçenekler Seçenekler @@ -342,7 +368,8 @@ Eğer gönderilmiş postanın saklanmasına yöneticiniz tarafından izin verilm Gönderdiğiniz önemli e-postaların kopyalarını saklamak ne görüşüldüğünü kaydetmek için önemlidir. Bununla birlikte, "Seçenekler->Kişisel Bilgiler->Kimliği düzenle"a giderek, bu özelliği sizin kimliğiniz içinde otomatik olarak "açık" yapın. Seçeneklerinizde ayrıca bakım görevleri olan klasörleri periyodik olarak boşaltma veya yeniden adlandırmayı düzenleyebilirsiniz." - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Ekler "Ekler" @@ -710,8 +737,27 @@ Adım 2: "Eklenti Bilgisini Yenile" yi tıkla." Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload. +--> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -748,83 +794,99 @@ Adım 2: "Eklenti Bilgisini Yenile" yi tıkla." Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Öncelik Öncelik Bu giden mesajlarınıza "X-Priority" başlığı koyar. "X-Priority" etiketi Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, ve Outlook mail istemcilerinin kabul ettiği bir tür "yalancı standart"tır. Bu başlığı kullanmayan bütün mail istemcileri önemsemeyecektir." - + + Mesaj Düzenlemesi: Ekleri Kaydet Düzenlemenizdeki eklerin mesajlarla birlikte gönderilmiş-posta klasörüne kaydedilip kaydedilmedigine karar verir."Evet" ise,ekli veri kaydedilecektir. "Hayır" ise, ekli veritüm alıcılara gönderildikten sonra mesajdan çıkartılır."Hayır" ı seçmek, kaydedilmiş mesajlardan ekli bilgileri (genelde büyük olur) kaldırarak disk alanınızdan tasarruf sağlar." - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Mesaj Düzenlemesi: Mesaj Arama - Arama Kriteri + + + Klasör Yönetimi: Seçenekler + Klasör Seçenekleri - Farklı arama kriterleri kullanarak klasörlerinizde mesajlarınızı arayabilirsiniz +Sol sütundaki butonları kullanarak bir klasör seçebilirsiniz.Bunu bir kez yaptıktan sonra,klasör üzerinde gerçekleştirmek istediğiniz tercihi soldaki seçenek kutusu ile seçiniz " - Adım 1: Arama kriterinize eklemek istediğiniz alanlara metin giriniz. +Sonraki seçenekler için uyarılacaksınız.Silme seçeneği konusunda dikkatli olunuz, yanlışlıkla silerek klasördeki tüm mesajlarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz!" +mbox Dosyası Almak - Adım 2: Arama kriterinize eklemek istediğiniz mesaj bayraklarını seçiniz. +Bu seçenek seçtiğiniz bir klasöre mbox formatında dosya almanızı sağlar. Mesajları almak için 1(bir) klasör seçiniz ve daha sonra bu tercihi seçiniz.Daha sonra mbox dosyasını almak için uyaran bir sayfaya yönlendirileceksiniz. " - - Adım 3: Mesaj aramak istediğiniz klasörü seçiniz. + - - Klasör Yönetimi: Seçenekler - Klasör Seçenekleri -Sol sütundaki butonları kullanarak bir klasör seçebilirsiniz.Bunu bir kez yaptıktan sonra,klasör üzerinde gerçekleştirmek istediğiniz tercihi soldaki seçenek kutusu ile seçiniz " - + To set this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Check for New Mail'. To unset this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Do Not Check for New Mail'. + + Mark All Messages as Seen/Unseen -Sonraki seçenekler için uyarılacaksınız.Silme seçeneği konusunda dikkatli olunuz, yanlışlıkla silerek klasördeki tüm mesajlarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz!" - -mbox Dosyası Almak + To mark all messages in a folder as seen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Seen'. To mark all messages in a folder as unseen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Unseen'. + + Download -Bu seçenek seçtiğiniz bir klasöre mbox formatında dosya almanızı sağlar. Mesajları almak için 1(bir) klasör seçiniz ve daha sonra bu tercihi seçiniz.Daha sonra mbox dosyasını almak için uyaran bir sayfaya yönlendirileceksiniz. " + To download all messages in a folder in a single file (mbox format), select the folder in the left column and click 'Download'. To download the file in ZIP compressed format, instead select 'Download [.zip format]. - - + + Filtreler: Uygula Filtre Kurallarını Uygula Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutusu görünümündeyken GELEN KUTUSU adının yanındaki "Filtre Uygula" ikonunu tıklayınız." - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filtreler: Karalisteyi düzenle Karalistenizi düzenleyiniz ASLA posta almak istemediğiniz e-posta adreslerini ekleyebileceğiniz, silebileceğiniz, düzenleyebileceginiz sayfaya yönlendirilmek için "Karalistenizi düzenleyiniz" i tıklayınız." - + + Filtreler: Beyazlisteyi düzenle Beyazlistenizi düzenleyiniz HER ZAMAN posta almak istediğiniz e-posta adreslerini ekleyebileceğiniz, silebileceğiniz, düzenleyebileceginiz sayfaya yönlendirilmek için "Beyazlistenizi düzenleyiniz" i tıklayınız." - + + Filtreler: Oturum Açarken Filtrelemek Filtre Kurallarını Oturum Açarken Uygula Her zaman IMP de ilk oturum açılırken filtreleri uygulamak için bu seçeneği işaretle. - + + FÄ°ltreler: Yenilerken filtrele GELEN KUTUSU'nu her görüntülemede filtreleri uygula GELEN KUTUSU'nu her görüntülemede filtreleri uygulamak için bu seçeneği işaretle. - + + Filtreler: Herhangi Bir Posta Kutusunu Fitrelemek Filtre kurallarını herhangi bir posta kutusuna uygulamak Herhangi bir posta kutusu için filtre kurallarnı uygulayabilmek içim bu seçeneği işaretleyiniz.Aslında,filtre kuralları sadece GELEN KUTUNUZA gelen yeni postalara uygulanır. Eğer bu seçenek işaretliyse, tüm posta kutularınızın sayfalarında o kutudaki mesajlara filtre kurallarını uygulamanızı sağlayacak ikonlar yer alacaktır.NOT: GELEN KUTUSU dışındaki posta kutularında filtrelemek garip (örnek: Filtre mesajın bir kopyasının daha bu kutuya gelmesine sebep olabilir) ve/veya istenmeyen sonuçlar üretebilir(örnek: Mesaj bu kutuya geldikten sonra yeni filtre kuralları üretilirse mesajların silinmesine/taşınmasına sebep olabilir)." - + + PGP: Yerel Anahtar Ekle Yerel Anahtar Ekle Eğer seçiliyse PGP yerel anahtarınızın bir kopyası, eğer mevcutsa, gönderilen mesaja eklenecektir. PGP Ayarları ekranından varsayılan hareketi ayarlayabilirsiniz. - + + PGP: Metin gövdelerini tara Metin gövdelerini tara @@ -1790,7 +1874,16 @@ Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutus yavaşlatabilir. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Oluştur: Şifreleme Seçenekleri Şifreleme yok @@ -2112,8 +2205,48 @@ Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutus This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information. +--> - + + PGP: Genel Bakış PGP nedir? @@ -2124,14 +2257,16 @@ Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutus Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel PGP anahtarları yaratabilir/görüntüleyebilir, diğer bireylerden genel anahtarlar ekleyebilr/silebilir, şifreli postaları okuyabilir, dijital olarak imzalanmış mailleri doğrulayabilir, ve giden maillerinizi şifreleyebilir/imzalayabilirsiniz. - + + PGP: Seçenekler - Genel Anahtar Ekle Seçenekler - Genel Anahtar Ekle Eğer seçilirse PGP genel anahtarınızın bir kopyası, eğer varsa, varsayılan olarak tüm giden postalarınıza eklenecektir. - + + PGP: Genel Anahtarları Yönet Ganel Bakış @@ -2150,14 +2285,16 @@ Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutus Adres defterinizden genel anahtarı siler. - + + PGP: Genel Anahtarları Yönet - Dışalım Genel anahtarları al Bu tuş manuel olarak PGP genel anahtarı alabileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Anahtar metin alanına kopyalanmış olabilir yada bilgisayarınızda bir dosyada ise, dışarıdan alım yapabilirsiniz. Anahtar geçerliyse adres defterinize girilcek ve pencere kapanacak; eğer geçerli değilse, nedenini açıklayan bir hata mesajı dönecektir. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönet Genel Bakış @@ -2172,7 +2309,8 @@ Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak istiyorsanız veya diğerlerinin size Özel anahtarınız genel şifrenizi kullanarak şifrelenmiş mesajları çözmek için gereklidir. Ek olarak, özel anahtarınız dijital olarak mesaj imzalamak istiyorsanız gereklidir. Özel anahtarınız anahtarlar oluşturulduğunda bir şifreyle korunacaktır. Bu yüzden özel anahtarınızı gerektirensbir aktivite olduğunda, IMP şifrenizi soracaktır. Her oturumda şifrenizi bir kere girmeniz gerekmektedir - IMP oturumu kapatana kadar şifrenizi saklar. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönet - Genel Anahtar Görüntüle @@ -2183,7 +2321,8 @@ Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak istiyorsanız veya diğerlerinin size PGP genel anahtarı ile ilgili bazı ayrıntılar görüntüler. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -2202,49 +2341,56 @@ Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak istiyorsanız veya diğerlerinin size Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönetin - Sil Kişisel Anahtarları sil Bu tuş kişisel genel/özel anahtar çiftinizi IMP seçeneklerinden siler. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Ä°sim Ä°sim Kişisel anahtarlarınıza eklemek istediğiniz isim. Gerekli bir alan. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Yorum Yorum Kişisel anahtarlarınıza eklemek istediğiniz karakter dizisi. Opsiyonel bir alan. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - E-posta adresi E-posta adresi Kişisel Anantarınızla eşleştirmek istediğiniz e-posta adresi. Gerekli bir alan. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Anahtar Uzunluğu Anahtar Uzunluğu Üretilen anahtarınızın anahtar Uzunluğu (byte olarak). Değer ne kadar yüksekse koruma o kadar yüksektir (ve ayrıca yüksek üretim ve şifreleme süresi). Varsayılan 1024 byte - bu değer mükemmmel koruma sağlar. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Şifre Şifre Kişisel özel anahtarınızı şifrelemek ve korumak için kullanılan şifre. Bu en az 6 karakter olmalı, oturum açma şifrenizle aynı olmamalı, anlamlı bir sözcük içermemeli, ayrıca hem numara hem harf içermeli. Onaylama süreci için bu şifreyi iki kez girmeniz gerekir. Gerekli bir alan. - + + PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Aksiyon Anahtarlar Yarat @@ -2255,7 +2401,8 @@ Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak istiyorsanız veya diğerlerinin size Kişisel/özel anahtar çifti al. Bu tuş varolan PGP kişisel genel/özel anahtar çiftinizi almanız için bir pencere açar. Anahtarlar metin alanına yapıştırılmış veya lokal bilgisayarınızda bir dosyada olabilir, onları alabilirsiniz. Anahtarlar geçerli ise seçeneklerinize eklenir ve pencere kapanır; eğer geçersizse neden geçersiz olduğunu açıklayan bir mesaj döner." - + + S/MIME: Genel Bakış S/MIME Nedir? @@ -2266,26 +2413,30 @@ S/MIME bir açık ve kontrol edilebilir bir yolla dijital imzalar, mesaj gizlili Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrelenmiş posta okumaya, dijital olarak imzalanmış postları doğrulamaya ve giden postalarınızı şifreleme/imzalamanıza olanak verir." - + + S/MIME: Kişisel Anahtarlar Genel Bakış Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak veya şifrelemek istiyorsanız, kendi kişisel genel/özel S/MIME anahtar çiftine sahip olmalısınız." - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Kişisel Sertifikaları Sil Kişisel Sertifikaları Sil Kişisel Sertifikalarınızı seçeneklerinizden silin. Bundan sonra S/MIME mesajlarınızı onaylayamaz veya size göderilen S/MIME ile şifrelenmiş postaları göremezsiniz." - + + S/MIME: Genel Anahtarları Yönet S/MIME: Genel Anahtarları Yönet S/MIME genel anahtar listesini yönet. @@ -2300,14 +2451,16 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel Seçili genel anahtarı kayıttan sil. Bir kullanıcı için genel anahtarı silmek, o kişiye şifrelenmiş posta göndermenizi engeller. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sınıflandırma ve Gruplama Girişleri Sınıflandırma Bir mesaj listesi görüntülerken,mesajlarınızı uygun sütun başlığına tıklayarak her sütun için sınıflandırabilirsiniz. Sütunları azalan ve artan sıra arasında değiştirmek için sütun başlığıdaki ok simgesine tıklayın." @@ -2316,89 +2469,105 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel Mesajları kendi cevaplarıyla birlikte konularına göre gruplamak için konu sütununun başındaki [Thread] bağlantısına tıklayın. Normal konu sıralamasına dönmek için konu sütununun başındaki [Subject] bağlantısına tıklayın." - + + Çokparçalı/Alternatif mesajlar Kullanıcılar bazı mesajları çokparçalı/alternatif olarak yollayabilirler.Bu mesajlar,AYNI içeriği DEĞİŞİK formatlarda gösterirler. - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak yeniden adlandır Bu seçeneği her ayın başında göderilmiş-postalar klasörünü yeniden adlandırmak istiyorsanız seçin. Klasör yeniden adlandırılacak ve yeni gönderilmiş-postalar klasörü yaratılacaktır." - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak sil Bu seçeneği her ayın başında göderilmiş-postalar klasörünü silmek istiyorsanız seçin. Bu kotanız varsa kullanışlı olabilir. - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak sil - saklanacak klasör sayısı eğer eski-gönderilmiş postalar klasörünü her ay siliyorsanız, bu dosyaları kaç ay daha saklamak istiyorsunuz? Bu süreden daha eski klasörleriniz silinecektir." - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + "Seçenekler: Bakım: Bağlı eklentileri aylık olarak sil Bu seçeneği her ay başında eski eklentilerinizi silmek istiyorsanız seçin. Bu kotanız varsa kullanışlı olabilir. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizle Çöp kutunuzu bu kadar sık temizlemek istiyor musunuz? - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizleme aralığı Çöp kutunuzu ne kadar sıklıkla temizliyorsunuz? - + + Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizlerken tut Çöp kutunuzu temizlerken kaç günlük mailler silinmelidir. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Seçenekler: Mesaj Kompozisyonu : simgesel Metin Burda postalara cevap verirken görünmesini istediğiniz sözcüğü yazın. @@ -2427,29 +2596,40 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel %% : '%' karakteri - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Seçenekler: Okundu bilgisi isteği 'Okundu Bilgisi Ä°stegi' Alıcılardan mailin okunduğuna dair bilgi dönmesi. Her zaman desteklenmez. - + + Seçenekler: MDN yolla 'MDN yolla' Mesaj Ulaşım Uyarısı (Message Disposition Notification), bir mesaj okuduğunuzda yollanan mesajı okuduğunuza dair bir uyarı iletisi, mesajı yolayan kişiye, yollayan kişi okundu bilgisi almak istediyse, iletilir. Çoğu durumda bu işlem size bir uyarı verilmeden yapılır. Bazı özel durumlarda ise uyarı mailini bir linke tıklayarak yollamayı tercih edebilirsiniz." - - + + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -2464,17 +2644,33 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Seçenekler: HTML Resim Engelleme HTML olarak atılan mesajlardaki resimlerin görüntülenmesi, siz aksini belirtene kadar engellenir. Unutmayın ki eklenti olarak gönderilen HTML dosyalarındaki resimler herzaman görüntülenir." - + + Seçenekler: Adres Defterinde Değilse HTML Resim Engelleme Gönderen kişi adres defterinizde yer alıyorsa, HTML biçiminde gönderdiği mesajlardaki resimler görüntülensin mi?" - + + Seçenekler: Posta Kutusu Başlangıç Safyası Posta kutunuza ilk eriştiğinizde görüntülenmesini istediğiniz sayfayı belirler. Unutmayın ki okunmamış mesaj seçeneği, konuya göre sıralama seçeneği ile birlikte çalışmaz." @@ -2544,8 +2740,15 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. +--> - + + Seçenekler: Gönderilmiş Mesajlardaki Eklentileri Kaydet. Eğer gönderdiğiniz mesajı kaydedecekseniz aşağıdaki seçenekleri kullanabilirsiniz: @@ -2558,16 +2761,19 @@ Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrel * 'Hiçbir zaman eklentileri kaydetme' - Asla mesaj gönderme ekranında sizden bilgi istenmez. Eklentiler hiçbir zaman mesajla birlikte kaydedilmez." - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/uk_UA/help.xml b/imp/locale/uk_UA/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/uk_UA/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/uk_UA/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/zh_CN/help.xml b/imp/locale/zh_CN/help.xml index a366a6b0f..f55972363 100644 --- a/imp/locale/zh_CN/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/zh_CN/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + Message Composition: Actions Actions @@ -53,14 +48,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last. --> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + Message Composition: From "From" @@ -74,7 +71,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email. --> - + + Message Composition: To "To" @@ -88,7 +86,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail. --> - + + Message Composition: Cc "Cc" @@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. --> - + + Message Composition: Bcc "Bcc" @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to. --> - + + Message Composition: Subject "Subject" @@ -130,14 +131,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread." --> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + Message Composition: Options "Options" @@ -169,7 +172,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable. --> - + + Message Composition: Attachments "Attachments" @@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)". --> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -228,51 +233,30 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + Message Composition: Priority "Priority" This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it. - + + Message Composition: Save Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - Message Search - Search Criteria - - Help text to be written. - - - + + Folder Management Folder Options @@ -296,7 +280,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import. --> - + + Filters: Apply Apply Filter Rules @@ -310,63 +295,80 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically. --> - + + Filters: Edit Filter Rules Edit Your Filter Rules Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules. - + + Filters: Edit Blacklist Edit Your Blacklist Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from. - + + Filters: Edit Whitelist Edit Your Whitelist Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from. - + + Filters: Filter on Login Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon? Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP. - + + Filters: Filter on Refresh Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed? Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX? - + + Filters: Filter any Mailbox Apply filter rules to any mailbox? Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). - + + PGP: Attach Public Key Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. - + + PGP: Scan Text Bodies Scan Text Bodies If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + Compose: Encryption Options No Encryption @@ -398,7 +400,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t TODO - + + PGP: Overview What is PGP? @@ -409,14 +412,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + PGP: Options - Attach Public Key Options - Attach Public Key If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys Overview @@ -435,14 +440,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the public key from your addressbook. - + + PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import Import Public Keys This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys Overview @@ -457,7 +464,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!). - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key View @@ -468,7 +476,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP public key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key Enter Passphrase @@ -487,49 +496,56 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Displays some details about the PGP private key. - + + PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete Delete Personal Keys This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Name Name The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment Comment A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address E-mail Address The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength Keylength The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase Name The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field. - + + PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions Create Keys @@ -540,7 +556,8 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Overview What is S/MIME? @@ -551,28 +568,32 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. - + + S/MIME: Personal Keys Overview If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair. - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -591,14 +612,16 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + Printing Print a message To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. - + + Sorting and Threading Sorting Entries @@ -609,97 +632,113 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. - + + Multipart/Alternative Messages Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output). - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send. @@ -721,31 +760,36 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t %% : The '%' character - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + Preferences: Request Read Receipts "Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this. - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation "Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this. - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -760,25 +804,42 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed. - + + Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook? - + + Preferences: Mailbox Start Page Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page. - + + Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available: @@ -789,16 +850,19 @@ accessible by the pop-down box on the right side of the blue navigation bar at t * "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments. * "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. + diff --git a/imp/locale/zh_TW/help.xml b/imp/locale/zh_TW/help.xml index 2c0b09fbd..5085adf82 100644 --- a/imp/locale/zh_TW/help.xml +++ b/imp/locale/zh_TW/help.xml @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ - + + Keyboard: Navigation You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list. Message List Keyboard Navigation @@ -11,21 +12,15 @@ Message View: Previous/Next Message Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively. - - Forwarding Email - When forwarding an email, you have several choices. - - Forwarding from the Mailbox View - In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email. - - Forwarding from the Message View - When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options: - 1. Entire Message: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you. - 2. Body Text Only: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments. - 3. Body Text with Attachments: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward. + + + 郵件寫作: 作用方式 作用方式 @@ -394,15 +389,33 @@ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing. +--> - + + Message Composition: Identity Identity Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under Options->Personal Information. - + + 郵件寫作: 寄件人 "寄件人" @@ -570,8 +583,16 @@ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as. +--> - + + 郵件寫作: 收件人 "收件人" @@ -733,8 +754,16 @@ Enter the correct email address for the recipient of your message. To enter multiple recipients, separate the email addresses with commas. Use of any other punctuation to separate multiple email addresses will result in an error. +--> - + + 郵件寫作: 副本 "副本" @@ -965,8 +994,19 @@ Carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who need not be the direct recipients of the message, but may need to receive the message for their information, usually indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All "To:" recipients and "Cc:" recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients. +--> - + + 郵件寫作: 秘件副本 "秘件副本" @@ -1197,8 +1237,19 @@ Blind carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who may need to read what is being written WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus "blind" means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email. Only you the sender and the "Bcc" recipients will know that they received a copy. +--> - + + 郵件寫作: 主旨 "主旨" @@ -1433,15 +1484,27 @@ Also, when you "Reply" or "Forward" an email, this subject line is copied over into the new message so that is becomes a valuable way of identifying which messages go together to form a "thread" to an email conversation. As a suggestion, if a replied or forwarded message contains new ideas, you may want to alter slightly the "Subject" line so that recipients can follow the progression of the "thread". +--> - + + Message Composition: Charset Character Set Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with. - + + 郵件寫作: 選項 "選項" @@ -1950,8 +2013,31 @@ You may not want to save every email since you could have problems with your disk storage quota being used up quickly, especially when you send large attachments. A mailbox with full storage quota will not be able to receive new incoming email. +--> - + + 郵件寫作: 附件 附件 @@ -2763,8 +2849,27 @@ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload. +--> - + + Message Composition: Current Attachments Current Attachments @@ -2801,7 +2906,8 @@ Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent. - + + 郵件寫作: 優先順序 "優先順序" @@ -2811,7 +2917,8 @@ 由於其他的郵件閱讀軟體並不支援這種表頭所以將會忽略郵件中的優先順序。 - + + 郵件寫作: 儲存附件 決定儲存寄件備份時，是否也要一併儲存寄件中的附加檔案。 如果"是"，附加檔案 @@ -2950,517 +3057,22 @@ Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages. +--> - + + Message Composition: Link Attachments Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message. - - 郵件搜尋 - 搜尋條件 - - 藉由不同的搜尋條件你可以搜尋所有信件匣中的郵件。 - - 步驟 1: 於欲搜尋條件的欄位中輸入關鍵文字。 - - 步驟 2: 選擇郵件標識以加入到搜尋條件中。 - - 步驟 3: 選擇要搜尋的信件匣。 - - 步驟 4: 點選 "搜尋"。 - - - 如果有任何的郵件與你的搜尋條件相符， - 該郵件的主旨將顯示於 "搜尋" 結果的畫面中。 - - - + + 信件匣管理 信件匣選項 @@ -3554,42 +3166,98 @@ Folder Navigator: Actions Folder Actions - You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left. + You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left. + + + You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake! + + Import Messages + + This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import. + +--> - + + 郵件過濾: 套用 套用所有規則 @@ -4501,21 +4183,24 @@ 所有郵件上。 - + + 郵件過濾: 編輯過濾規則 編輯你的過濾規則 點選"編輯你的過濾規則"讓你新增，刪除以及編輯目前已啟動的規則。 - + + 郵件過濾: 編輯黑名單 編輯你的黑名單 點選"編輯你的黑名單"讓你新增，刪除以及編輯一份你永遠不想收信的電子郵件名單。 - + + 郵件過濾: 編輯友善名單 編輯你的友善名單 @@ -4524,21 +4209,24 @@ 其他規則搶先套用造成遺失等後果，確保對方信件會被送達收件閘中。 - + + 郵件過濾: 登入時套用 於登入時套用所有過濾規則 ? 勾選這個選項，以便日後每次登入網路郵局時，套用所有規則。 - + + 郵件過濾: 重新整理時一併套用 每次開啟收件閘時，一併將所有過濾規則套用其上。 勾選這個選項，以後每次開啟收件閘的同時，也將所有過濾規則套用於收件閘 ? - + + 郵件過濾: 套用於任一個信件閘 將過濾規則套用於任一個信件閘 ? @@ -4703,8 +4391,16 @@ Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox). +--> - + + PGP: 附上公開金鑰 附上公開金鑰 @@ -4866,8 +4562,16 @@ If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen. +--> - + + PGP: 掃描郵件內容 掃描郵件內容 @@ -5029,8 +4733,24 @@ If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data. +--> - + + + PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying + + If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately. + + + + 郵件寫作: 加密選項 郵件不加密 @@ -5808,8 +5528,48 @@ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information. +--> - + + PGP: 概述 什麼是 PGP? @@ -5824,7 +5584,8 @@ 加密/簽章的功能。 - + + PGP: 選項 - 附上公開金鑰 選項 - 附上公開金鑰 @@ -5832,7 +5593,8 @@ 你的 PGP 公開金鑰。 - + + PGP: 管理公開金鑰 概述 @@ -5853,7 +5615,8 @@ 自你的通訊錄中刪除此一公開金鑰。 - + + PGP: 管理公開金鑰 - 匯入 匯入公開金鑰 @@ -6016,8 +5779,16 @@ This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. +--> - + + PGP: 管理個人金鑰 概述 @@ -6043,7 +5814,8 @@ (所以當不使用網路郵局的時候，記得要確實登出哦！) - + + PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 公開金鑰 檢視 @@ -6054,7 +5826,8 @@ 顯示關於此 PGP 公開金鑰的部分細節。 - + + PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 私密金鑰 輸入密碼 @@ -6077,7 +5850,8 @@ 顯示關於此 PGP 私密金鑰的部分細節。 - + + PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 刪除 刪除個人金鑰 @@ -6087,14 +5861,16 @@ 通在外的公開金鑰將無法與新建的私密金鑰吻合。(除非你將新建的公開金鑰重新寄發) - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 名稱 名稱 這個名稱將嵌入到你的個人金鑰中。這是必須欄位。 - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 註解 註解 @@ -6102,14 +5878,16 @@ 這是選擇性欄位。 - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 電子郵件地址 電子郵件地址 你所希望與個人金鑰結合的電子郵件地址。這是必須欄位。 - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 金鑰長度 金鑰長度 @@ -6250,8 +6028,16 @@ The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection. +--> - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 密碼 密碼 @@ -6261,7 +6047,8 @@ 你必須輸入二次密碼，以確保你沒有誤設。這是必須欄位。 - + + PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 動作 建立金鑰 @@ -6517,8 +6304,20 @@ Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. +--> - + + S/MIME: 概述 什麼是 S/MIME? @@ -6778,8 +6577,20 @@ If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail. +--> - + + S/MIME: 個人金鑰 概述 @@ -6787,21 +6598,24 @@ 自己的公開/私密S/MIME金鑰對。 - + + S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates Import Personal Certificates Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why. - + + S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates Delete Personal Certificates Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you. - + + S/MIME: Manage Public Keys S/MIME: Manage Public Keys @@ -6820,7 +6634,8 @@ Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user. - + + 列印 列印一封郵件 @@ -6983,8 +6798,16 @@ To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box. +--> - + + 排序與關聯 排序 @@ -7238,8 +7061,20 @@ To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading. +--> - + + 多重組成/可替代 型郵件 (Multipart/Alternative Message) 在網路上有一些郵件是以一種所謂的 "multipart/alternative" 型態被傳送， @@ -7251,7 +7086,8 @@ 請謹記在心，這些組成有著 "相同" 的內容 - 只是格式不同而已。 - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初更改寄件備份閘的名稱 如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初更改你的寄件備份閘名稱，請勾選。 @@ -7390,8 +7226,15 @@ Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created. +--> - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘 如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘，請勾選。 @@ -7530,33 +7373,44 @@ Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. +--> - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 如果每月刪除一次，多少月份的舊寄件備份閘將被保存 如果你已勾選 "於每月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘" 這個選項的話，你可以在此輸入一個 保留月份數值。保留月份數值之前所有舊的寄件備份閘將一律刪除。 - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged? - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初刪除已轉存為網址的附件 如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初刪除已轉存為網址的舊附件，請勾選。 @@ -7695,52 +7549,66 @@ Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example. +--> - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 如果每月刪除一次，多少月份已轉存為網址的舊附件將被保存 如果你已勾選 "於每月初刪除已轉存為網址的附件" 這個選項的話，你可以在此輸 入一個保留月份數值。保留月份數值之前所有轉存為網址的舊附件將一律刪除。 - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件 你是否希望經常清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件。 - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 垃圾箱多久清除一次 如果你已勾選 "清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件" 這個選項的話，你希望多久清除一次？ - + + 偏好設定: 維護: 每次整理垃圾箱時，清除多少天數以前的郵件 如果你已勾選 "清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件" 這個選項的話，你希望清除多少天數 以前的郵件？ - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often. - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged? - + + Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged? - + + 偏好設定: 郵件寫作: 文字屬性 你可以在此定義回覆文件的引述列。 @@ -7763,13 +7631,15 @@ %% : '%' 字元 - + + Preferences: Default Message Character Set Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults. - + + 偏好設定: 請收件人傳送讀取回條 "請收件人傳送讀取回條" 用來要求收件對象，開啟信件時 @@ -7777,13 +7647,15 @@ 體都支援這項功能。 - + + Preferences: Send MDN "Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link. - + + 偏好設定: 請收件伺服器傳遞送達確認 "請收件伺服器傳遞送達確認" 要求收件對象所屬的郵件 @@ -7792,7 +7664,8 @@ 得而知。並非所有的郵件伺服器都有支援這項功能。 - + + Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent. @@ -7807,7 +7680,21 @@ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX. - + + + Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent + + You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent. + + + First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox. + + + Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox. + + + + 偏好設定: 隱藏 HTML 郵件中的圖片 HTML 郵件中，所有能直接顯示的圖片，是否應該隱藏並以紅色標示代替 ？ @@ -7821,14 +7708,16 @@ 面的圖片了。 - + + 偏好設定: 自動顯示 HTML 郵件中的所有圖片 如果啟用"隱藏 HTML 郵件中的圖片"這項功能，而且寄件人出現在我的通訊錄中， 是否自動顯示該信件中的圖片？ - + + 偏好設定: 郵箱起始頁面 當一個郵箱第一次被存取時，決定其檢視畫面要先顯示哪一個頁面。備註：未看過 @@ -7966,8 +7855,15 @@ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. +--> - + + 偏好設定: 附件隨寄件一起備份 如果儲存寄件備份時，決定是否也要一併儲存附加檔案。下列選項可供參考： @@ -7982,16 +7878,19 @@ * "永不儲存附加檔案" - 在郵件編寫畫面中永遠不要提示儲存附加檔案； 而且附加檔案永遠不會隨著信件一起備分。 - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox. - + + Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox. +